annotate man/files.texi @ 49506:ac9e2eeeb03d

New format of AUTHORS file; list each author name once followed by contributed and changed files. Improve selection of entries to include in list, and generate list of unrecognized entries indicating syntax errors in ChangeLog files. (authors-coding-system): New variable. (authors-many-files): Update doc string. (authors-aliases): Change format. Now one entry with multiple aliases per author. (authors-valid-file-names, authors-renamed-files-alist) (authors-renamed-files-regexps): New variables. (authors-canonical-file-name): New function. Validates that file exists or occurs in one of the above lists. Record unrecognized file names in global authors-invalid-file-names list. (authors-add): Change to record per-change counts. (authors-canonical-author-name): Handle new format of authors-aliases list. (authors-scan-change-log): Rename FILE arg to LOG-FILE. Change doc string to describe new entry format. Only add author entries for valid file names. (authors-print): Replace by authors-add-to-author-list. (authors-add-to-author-list): New function which reorders per-file entries and adds them to global authors-author-list. (authors): Instead of authors-print to insert in *Authors* buffer, use authors-add-to-author-list to reorder the list and then insert result in *Authors* buffer with new format. Generate *Authors Errors* compilation-mode buffer listing unrecognized ChangeLog entries.
author Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
date Wed, 29 Jan 2003 00:13:11 +0000
parents 66b6d19633ed
children c7709b58cc74
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
37795
08366ff04171 Fix copyright years.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37793
diff changeset
2 @c Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,93,94,95,97,99, 2000, 2001
08366ff04171 Fix copyright years.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37793
diff changeset
3 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 @node Files, Buffers, Fixit, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 @chapter File Handling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7 @cindex files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
9 The operating system stores data permanently in named @dfn{files}, so
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10 most of the text you edit with Emacs comes from a file and is ultimately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 stored in a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13 To edit a file, you must tell Emacs to read the file and prepare a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14 buffer containing a copy of the file's text. This is called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 @dfn{visiting} the file. Editing commands apply directly to text in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16 buffer; that is, to the copy inside Emacs. Your changes appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17 file itself only when you @dfn{save} the buffer back into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
18
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19 In addition to visiting and saving files, Emacs can delete, copy,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 rename, and append to files, keep multiple versions of them, and operate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21 on file directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24 * File Names:: How to type and edit file-name arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 * Visiting:: Visiting a file prepares Emacs to edit the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 * Saving:: Saving makes your changes permanent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 * Reverting:: Reverting cancels all the changes not saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28 * Auto Save:: Auto Save periodically protects against loss of data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 * File Aliases:: Handling multiple names for one file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 * Version Control:: Version control systems (RCS, CVS and SCCS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 * Directories:: Creating, deleting, and listing file directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 * Comparing Files:: Finding where two files differ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
33 * Misc File Ops:: Other things you can do on files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 * Compressed Files:: Accessing compressed files.
28123
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
35 * File Archives:: Operating on tar, zip, jar etc. archive files.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 * Remote Files:: Accessing files on other sites.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 * Quoted File Names:: Quoting special characters in file names.
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
38 * File Name Cache:: Completion against a list of files you often use.
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
39 * File Conveniences:: Convenience Features for Finding Files.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 @node File Names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 @section File Names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44 @cindex file names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46 Most Emacs commands that operate on a file require you to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 file name. (Saving and reverting are exceptions; the buffer knows which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 file name to use for them.) You enter the file name using the
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
49 minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}). @dfn{Completion} is available
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
50 (@pxref{Completion}) to make it easier to specify long file names. When
38310
926054175878 (Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38064
diff changeset
51 completing file names, Emacs ignores those whose file-name extensions
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
52 appear in the variable @code{completion-ignored-extensions}; see
38310
926054175878 (Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38064
diff changeset
53 @ref{Completion Options}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 For most operations, there is a @dfn{default file name} which is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 if you type just @key{RET} to enter an empty argument. Normally the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57 default file name is the name of the file visited in the current buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
58 this makes it easy to operate on that file with any of the Emacs file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
59 commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
60
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61 @vindex default-directory
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
62 Each buffer has a default directory which is normally the same as the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
63 directory of the file visited in that buffer. When you enter a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64 name without a directory, the default directory is used. If you specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 a directory in a relative fashion, with a name that does not start with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 a slash, it is interpreted with respect to the default directory. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67 default directory is kept in the variable @code{default-directory},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 which has a separate value in every buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 For example, if the default file name is @file{/u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks} then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 the default directory is @file{/u/rms/gnu/}. If you type just @samp{foo},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72 which does not specify a directory, it is short for @file{/u/rms/gnu/foo}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 @samp{../.login} would stand for @file{/u/rms/.login}. @samp{new/foo}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 would stand for the file name @file{/u/rms/gnu/new/foo}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 @findex cd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 @findex pwd
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38768
diff changeset
78 The command @kbd{M-x pwd} displays the current buffer's default
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
79 directory, and the command @kbd{M-x cd} sets it (to a value read using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80 the minibuffer). A buffer's default directory changes only when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 @code{cd} command is used. A file-visiting buffer's default directory
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
82 is initialized to the directory of the file that is visited in that buffer. If
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83 you create a buffer with @kbd{C-x b}, its default directory is copied
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 from that of the buffer that was current at the time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86 @vindex insert-default-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 The default directory actually appears in the minibuffer when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 minibuffer becomes active to read a file name. This serves two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 purposes: it @emph{shows} you what the default is, so that you can type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 a relative file name and know with certainty what it will mean, and it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 allows you to @emph{edit} the default to specify a different directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92 This insertion of the default directory is inhibited if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 @code{insert-default-directory} is set to @code{nil}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95 Note that it is legitimate to type an absolute file name after you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 enter the minibuffer, ignoring the presence of the default directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 name as part of the text. The final minibuffer contents may look
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 invalid, but that is not so. For example, if the minibuffer starts out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 with @samp{/usr/tmp/} and you add @samp{/x1/rms/foo}, you get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 @samp{/usr/tmp//x1/rms/foo}; but Emacs ignores everything through the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101 first slash in the double slash; the result is @samp{/x1/rms/foo}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102 @xref{Minibuffer File}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103
36324
63c47fc9df21 (File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36323
diff changeset
104 @cindex environment variables in file names
63c47fc9df21 (File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36323
diff changeset
105 @cindex expansion of environment variables
44086
5da94d5db448 (File Names): Add an index entry for $ in file names. Add an anchor.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43682
diff changeset
106 @cindex @code{$} in file names
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
107 @anchor{File Names with $}@samp{$} in a file name is used to
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
108 substitute an environment variable. The environment variable name
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
109 consists of all the alphanumeric characters after the @samp{$};
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
110 alternatively, it can be enclosed in braces after the @samp{$}. For
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
111 example, if you have used the shell command @command{export
29107
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28671
diff changeset
112 FOO=rms/hacks} to set up an environment variable named @env{FOO}, then
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113 you can use @file{/u/$FOO/test.c} or @file{/u/$@{FOO@}/test.c} as an
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
114 abbreviation for @file{/u/rms/hacks/test.c}. If the environment
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
115 variable is not defined, no substitution occurs: @file{/u/$notdefined}
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
116 stands for itself (assuming the environment variable @env{notdefined}
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
117 is not defined).
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
118
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
119 Note that shell commands to set environment variables affect Emacs
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
120 only when done before Emacs is started.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121
36324
63c47fc9df21 (File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36323
diff changeset
122 @cindex home directory shorthand
63c47fc9df21 (File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36323
diff changeset
123 You can use the @file{~/} in a file name to mean your home directory,
63c47fc9df21 (File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36323
diff changeset
124 or @file{~@var{user-id}/} to mean the home directory of a user whose
36325
cf1b9eaadeaf (File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36324
diff changeset
125 login name is @code{user-id}. (On DOS and Windows systems, where a user
cf1b9eaadeaf (File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36324
diff changeset
126 doesn't have a home directory, Emacs substitutes @file{~/} with the
cf1b9eaadeaf (File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36324
diff changeset
127 value of the environment variable @code{HOME}; see @ref{General
cf1b9eaadeaf (File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36324
diff changeset
128 Variables}.)
36324
63c47fc9df21 (File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36323
diff changeset
129
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
130 To access a file with @samp{$} in its name, if the @samp{$} causes
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
131 expansion, type @samp{$$}. This pair is converted to a single
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
132 @samp{$} at the same time as variable substitution is performed for a
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
133 single @samp{$}. Alternatively, quote the whole file name with
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
134 @samp{/:} (@pxref{Quoted File Names}). File names which begin with a
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
135 literal @samp{~} should also be quoted with @samp{/:}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 @findex substitute-in-file-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 The Lisp function that performs the substitution is called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 @code{substitute-in-file-name}. The substitution is performed only on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 file names read as such using the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 You can include non-ASCII characters in file names if you set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 variable @code{file-name-coding-system} to a non-@code{nil} value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 @xref{Specify Coding}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 @node Visiting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 @section Visiting Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 @cindex visiting files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 @item C-x C-f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Visit a file (@code{find-file}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 @item C-x C-r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 Visit a file for viewing, without allowing changes to it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 (@code{find-file-read-only}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 @item C-x C-v
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Visit a different file instead of the one visited last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 (@code{find-alternate-file}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 @item C-x 4 f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 Visit a file, in another window (@code{find-file-other-window}). Don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 alter what is displayed in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 @item C-x 5 f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 Visit a file, in a new frame (@code{find-file-other-frame}). Don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 alter what is displayed in the selected frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 @item M-x find-file-literally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Visit a file with no conversion of the contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 @cindex files, visiting and saving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 @cindex saving files
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
171 @dfn{Visiting} a file means copying its contents into an Emacs
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
172 buffer so you can edit them. Emacs makes a new buffer for each file
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
173 that you visit. We often say that this buffer ``is visiting'' that
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
174 file, or that the buffer's ``visited file'' is that file. Emacs
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
175 constructs the buffer name from the file name by throwing away the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
176 directory, keeping just the name proper. For example, a file named
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
177 @file{/usr/rms/emacs.tex} would get a buffer named @samp{emacs.tex}.
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
178 If there is already a buffer with that name, Emacs constructs a unique
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
179 name---the normal method is to append @samp{<2>}, @samp{<3>}, and so
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
180 on, but you can select other methods (@pxref{Uniquify}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 Each window's mode line shows the name of the buffer that is being displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 in that window, so you can always tell what buffer you are editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 The changes you make with editing commands are made in the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 buffer. They do not take effect in the file that you visited, or any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187 place permanent, until you @dfn{save} the buffer. Saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 means that Emacs writes the current contents of the buffer into its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 visited file. @xref{Saving}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 @cindex modified (buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 If a buffer contains changes that have not been saved, we say the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 buffer is @dfn{modified}. This is important because it implies that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 some changes will be lost if the buffer is not saved. The mode line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 displays two stars near the left margin to indicate that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196 modified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 @kindex C-x C-f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 @findex find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200 To visit a file, use the command @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file}). Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201 the command with the name of the file you wish to visit, terminated by a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202 @key{RET}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204 The file name is read using the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}), with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205 defaulting and completion in the standard manner (@pxref{File Names}).
38310
926054175878 (Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38064
diff changeset
206 While in the minibuffer, you can abort @kbd{C-x C-f} by typing
926054175878 (Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38064
diff changeset
207 @kbd{C-g}. File-name completion ignores certain filenames; for more
926054175878 (Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38064
diff changeset
208 about this, see @ref{Completion Options}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
209
35647
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
210 @cindex file selection dialog
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
211 When Emacs is built with a suitable GUI toolkit, it pops up the
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
212 standard File Selection dialog of that toolkit instead of prompting for
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
213 the file name in the minibuffer. On Unix and GNU/Linux platforms, Emacs
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
214 does that when built with LessTif and Motif toolkits; on MS-Windows, the
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
215 GUI version does that by default.
d1a5bb6d3811 (Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35620
diff changeset
216
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 Your confirmation that @kbd{C-x C-f} has completed successfully is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 appearance of new text on the screen and a new buffer name in the mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 line. If the specified file does not exist and could not be created, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 cannot be read, then you get an error, with an error message displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 If you visit a file that is already in Emacs, @kbd{C-x C-f} does not make
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 another copy. It selects the existing buffer containing that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 However, before doing so, it checks that the file itself has not changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 since you visited or saved it last. If the file has changed, a warning
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38768
diff changeset
227 message is shown. @xref{Interlocking,,Simultaneous Editing}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228
37793
ec57e2733712 (Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37349
diff changeset
229 @cindex maximum buffer size exceeded, error message
ec57e2733712 (Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37349
diff changeset
230 Since Emacs reads the visited file in its entirety, files whose size
ec57e2733712 (Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37349
diff changeset
231 is larger than the maximum Emacs buffer size (@pxref{Buffers}) cannot be
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38768
diff changeset
232 visited; if you try, Emacs will display an error message saying that the
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
233 maximum buffer size has been exceeded.
37793
ec57e2733712 (Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37349
diff changeset
234
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 @cindex creating files
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38768
diff changeset
236 What if you want to create a new file? Just visit it. Emacs displays
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
237 @samp{(New file)} in the echo area, but in other respects behaves as if
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 you had visited an existing empty file. If you make any changes and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 save them, the file is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 Emacs recognizes from the contents of a file which convention it uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242 to separate lines---newline (used on GNU/Linux and on Unix),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 carriage-return linefeed (used on Microsoft systems), or just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 carriage-return (used on the Macintosh)---and automatically converts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 contents to the normal Emacs convention, which is that the newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 character separates lines. This is a part of the general feature of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 coding system conversion (@pxref{Coding Systems}), and makes it possible
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
248 to edit files imported from different operating systems with
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 equal convenience. If you change the text and save the file, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 performs the inverse conversion, changing newlines back into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 carriage-return linefeed or just carriage-return if appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 @vindex find-file-run-dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 If the file you specify is actually a directory, @kbd{C-x C-f} invokes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 Dired, the Emacs directory browser, so that you can ``edit'' the contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 of the directory (@pxref{Dired}). Dired is a convenient way to delete,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 look at, or operate on the files in the directory. However, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 variable @code{find-file-run-dired} is @code{nil}, then it is an error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 to try to visit a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260
36326
70c08680c0bf (Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36325
diff changeset
261 Files which are actually collections of other files, or @dfn{file
70c08680c0bf (Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36325
diff changeset
262 archives}, are visited in special modes which invoke a Dired-like
70c08680c0bf (Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36325
diff changeset
263 environment to allow operations on archive members. @xref{File
70c08680c0bf (Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36325
diff changeset
264 Archives}, for more about these features.
70c08680c0bf (Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36325
diff changeset
265
28327
f7b17a6af3db (Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28123
diff changeset
266 @cindex wildcard characters in file names
f7b17a6af3db (Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28123
diff changeset
267 @vindex find-file-wildcards
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
268 If the file name you specify contains shell-style wildcard characters,
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
269 Emacs visits all the files that match it. Wildcards include @samp{?},
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
270 @samp{*}, and @samp{[@dots{}]} sequences. @xref{Quoted File Names}, for
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
271 information on how to visit a file whose name actually contains wildcard
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
272 characters. You can disable the wildcard feature by customizing
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
273 @code{find-file-wildcards}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 If you visit a file that the operating system won't let you modify,
46215
0695dbe46ee5 Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46212
diff changeset
276 or that is marked read-only, Emacs makes the buffer read-only too, so
0695dbe46ee5 Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46212
diff changeset
277 that you won't go ahead and make changes that you'll have trouble
0695dbe46ee5 Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46212
diff changeset
278 saving afterward. You can make the buffer writable with @kbd{C-x C-q}
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
279 (@code{toggle-read-only}). @xref{Misc Buffer}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 @kindex C-x C-r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 @findex find-file-read-only
46215
0695dbe46ee5 Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46212
diff changeset
283 If you want to visit a file as read-only in order to protect
0695dbe46ee5 Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46212
diff changeset
284 yourself from entering changes accidentally, visit it with the command
0695dbe46ee5 Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46212
diff changeset
285 @kbd{C-x C-r} (@code{find-file-read-only}) instead of @kbd{C-x C-f}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 @kindex C-x C-v
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 @findex find-alternate-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 If you visit a nonexistent file unintentionally (because you typed the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 wrong file name), use the @kbd{C-x C-v} command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 (@code{find-alternate-file}) to visit the file you really wanted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 @kbd{C-x C-v} is similar to @kbd{C-x C-f}, but it kills the current
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
293 buffer (after first offering to save it if it is modified). When
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
294 @kbd{C-x C-v} reads the file name to visit, it inserts the entire
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
295 default file name in the buffer, with point just after the directory
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
296 part; this is convenient if you made a slight error in typing the name.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 If you find a file which exists but cannot be read, @kbd{C-x C-f}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 signals an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 @kindex C-x 4 f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 @findex find-file-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 @kbd{C-x 4 f} (@code{find-file-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x C-f}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 except that the buffer containing the specified file is selected in another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 window. The window that was selected before @kbd{C-x 4 f} continues to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 show the same buffer it was already showing. If this command is used when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 only one window is being displayed, that window is split in two, with one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 window showing the same buffer as before, and the other one showing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 newly requested file. @xref{Windows}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 @kindex C-x 5 f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 @findex find-file-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 @kbd{C-x 5 f} (@code{find-file-other-frame}) is similar, but opens a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 new frame, or makes visible any existing frame showing the file you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 seek. This feature is available only when you are using a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 system. @xref{Frames}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 @findex find-file-literally
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
319 If you wish to edit a file as a sequence of ASCII characters with no special
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 encoding or conversion, use the @kbd{M-x find-file-literally} command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 It visits a file, like @kbd{C-x C-f}, but does not do format conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 (@pxref{Formatted Text}), character code conversion (@pxref{Coding
33559
c6a08bfab7fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33278
diff changeset
323 Systems}), or automatic uncompression (@pxref{Compressed Files}), and
c6a08bfab7fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33278
diff changeset
324 does not add a final newline because of @code{require-final-newline}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 If you already have visited the same file in the usual (non-literal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 manner, this command asks you whether to visit it literally instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
328 @vindex find-file-hook
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
329 @vindex find-file-not-found-functions
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 Two special hook variables allow extensions to modify the operation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 visiting files. Visiting a file that does not exist runs the functions
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
332 in the list @code{find-file-not-found-functions}; this variable holds a list
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 of functions, and the functions are called one by one (with no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 arguments) until one of them returns non-@code{nil}. This is not a
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
335 normal hook, and the name ends in @samp{-functions} rather than @samp{-hook}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 to indicate that fact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
338 Successful visiting of any file, whether existing or not, calls the
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
339 functions in the list @code{find-file-hook}, with no arguments.
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
340 This variable is a normal hook. In the case of a nonexistent file, the
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
341 @code{find-file-not-found-functions} are run first. @xref{Hooks}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 There are several ways to specify automatically the major mode for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 editing the file (@pxref{Choosing Modes}), and to specify local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 variables defined for that file (@pxref{File Variables}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 @node Saving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 @section Saving Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 @dfn{Saving} a buffer in Emacs means writing its contents back into the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 that was visited in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 @item C-x C-s
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
355 Save the current buffer in its visited file on disk (@code{save-buffer}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 @item C-x s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 Save any or all buffers in their visited files (@code{save-some-buffers}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 @item M-~
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 Forget that the current buffer has been changed (@code{not-modified}).
29556
f973bf66d321 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29107
diff changeset
360 With prefix argument (@kbd{C-u}), mark the current buffer as changed.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 @item C-x C-w
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
362 Save the current buffer as a specified file name (@code{write-file}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 @item M-x set-visited-file-name
36316
d79558eaaecb (Saveing): Fix "file the name". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36274
diff changeset
364 Change the file name under which the current buffer will be saved.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 @kindex C-x C-s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 @findex save-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 When you wish to save the file and make your changes permanent, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{save-buffer}). After saving is finished, @kbd{C-x C-s}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 displays a message like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 Wrote /u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 If the selected buffer is not modified (no changes have been made in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379 since the buffer was created or last saved), saving is not really done,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 because it would have no effect. Instead, @kbd{C-x C-s} displays a message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 like this in the echo area:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 (No changes need to be saved)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 @kindex C-x s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 @findex save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 The command @kbd{C-x s} (@code{save-some-buffers}) offers to save any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 or all modified buffers. It asks you what to do with each buffer. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 possible responses are analogous to those of @code{query-replace}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 @item y
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 Save this buffer and ask about the rest of the buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 @item n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 Don't save this buffer, but ask about the rest of the buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 @item !
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 Save this buffer and all the rest with no more questions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 @c following generates acceptable underfull hbox
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 @item @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402 Terminate @code{save-some-buffers} without any more saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 @item .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 Save this buffer, then exit @code{save-some-buffers} without even asking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 about other buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 @item C-r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 View the buffer that you are currently being asked about. When you exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 View mode, you get back to @code{save-some-buffers}, which asks the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 question again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 @item C-h
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 Display a help message about these options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 @kbd{C-x C-c}, the key sequence to exit Emacs, invokes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 @code{save-some-buffers} and therefore asks the same questions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 @kindex M-~
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 @findex not-modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 If you have changed a buffer but you do not want to save the changes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 you should take some action to prevent it. Otherwise, each time you use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 @kbd{C-x s} or @kbd{C-x C-c}, you are liable to save this buffer by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 mistake. One thing you can do is type @kbd{M-~} (@code{not-modified}),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 which clears out the indication that the buffer is modified. If you do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 this, none of the save commands will believe that the buffer needs to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 saved. (@samp{~} is often used as a mathematical symbol for `not'; thus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 @kbd{M-~} is `not', metafied.) You could also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 @code{set-visited-file-name} (see below) to mark the buffer as visiting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 a different file name, one which is not in use for anything important.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 Alternatively, you can cancel all the changes made since the file was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 visited or saved, by reading the text from the file again. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 called @dfn{reverting}. @xref{Reverting}. You could also undo all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 changes by repeating the undo command @kbd{C-x u} until you have undone
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 all the changes; but reverting is easier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 @findex set-visited-file-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 @kbd{M-x set-visited-file-name} alters the name of the file that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 current buffer is visiting. It reads the new file name using the
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
438 minibuffer. Then it marks the buffer as visiting that file name, and
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
439 changes the buffer name correspondingly. @code{set-visited-file-name}
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
440 does not save the buffer in the newly visited file; it just alters the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
441 records inside Emacs in case you do save later. It also marks the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
442 buffer as ``modified'' so that @kbd{C-x C-s} in that buffer
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
443 @emph{will} save.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 @kindex C-x C-w
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 @findex write-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 If you wish to mark the buffer as visiting a different file and save it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 right away, use @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{write-file}). It is precisely
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 equivalent to @code{set-visited-file-name} followed by @kbd{C-x C-s}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 @kbd{C-x C-s} used on a buffer that is not visiting a file has the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 same effect as @kbd{C-x C-w}; that is, it reads a file name, marks the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 buffer as visiting that file, and saves it there. The default file name in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 a buffer that is not visiting a file is made by combining the buffer name
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
454 with the buffer's default directory (@pxref{File Names}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 If the new file name implies a major mode, then @kbd{C-x C-w} switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 to that major mode, in most cases. The command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 @code{set-visited-file-name} also does this. @xref{Choosing Modes}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 If Emacs is about to save a file and sees that the date of the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 version on disk does not match what Emacs last read or wrote, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 notifies you of this fact, because it probably indicates a problem caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 by simultaneous editing and requires your immediate attention.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 @xref{Interlocking,, Simultaneous Editing}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 @vindex require-final-newline
36319
77c56d3f0b8f (Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36316
diff changeset
467 If the value of the variable @code{require-final-newline} is @code{t},
77c56d3f0b8f (Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36316
diff changeset
468 Emacs silently puts a newline at the end of any file that doesn't
77c56d3f0b8f (Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36316
diff changeset
469 already end in one, every time a file is saved or written. If the value
77c56d3f0b8f (Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36316
diff changeset
470 is @code{nil}, Emacs leaves the end of the file unchanged; if it's
77c56d3f0b8f (Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36316
diff changeset
471 neither @code{nil} nor @code{t}, Emacs asks you whether to add a
77c56d3f0b8f (Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36316
diff changeset
472 newline. The default is @code{nil}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 * Backup:: How Emacs saves the old version of your file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476 * Interlocking:: How Emacs protects against simultaneous editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 of one file by two users.
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
478 * Shadowing: File Shadowing.
36185
62cf166239f3 Change in quoting.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36155
diff changeset
479 Copying files to "shadows" automatically.
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
480 * Time Stamps:: Emacs can update time stamps on saved files.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 @node Backup
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 @subsection Backup Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 @cindex backup file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 @vindex make-backup-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 @vindex vc-make-backup-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 On most operating systems, rewriting a file automatically destroys all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 record of what the file used to contain. Thus, saving a file from Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 throws away the old contents of the file---or it would, except that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 Emacs carefully copies the old contents to another file, called the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 @dfn{backup} file, before actually saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 For most files, the variable @code{make-backup-files} determines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 whether to make backup files. On most operating systems, its default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 value is @code{t}, so that Emacs does write backup files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 For files managed by a version control system (@pxref{Version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 Control}), the variable @code{vc-make-backup-files} determines whether
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
501 to make backup files. By default it is @code{nil}, since backup files
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 are redundant when you store all the previous versions in a version
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
503 control system. @xref{General VC Options}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
505 @vindex backup-enable-predicate
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
506 @vindex temporary-file-directory
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
507 @vindex small-temporary-file-directory
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 The default value of the @code{backup-enable-predicate} variable
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
509 prevents backup files being written for files in the directories used
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
510 for temporary files, specified by @code{temporary-file-directory} or
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
511 @code{small-temporary-file-directory}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 At your option, Emacs can keep either a single backup file or a series of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 numbered backup files for each file that you edit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 Emacs makes a backup for a file only the first time the file is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 from one buffer. No matter how many times you save a file, its backup file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 continues to contain the contents from before the file was visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 Normally this means that the backup file contains the contents from before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520 the current editing session; however, if you kill the buffer and then visit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 the file again, a new backup file will be made by the next save.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 You can also explicitly request making another backup file from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 buffer even though it has already been saved at least once. If you save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 the buffer with @kbd{C-u C-x C-s}, the version thus saved will be made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 into a backup file if you save the buffer again. @kbd{C-u C-u C-x C-s}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 saves the buffer, but first makes the previous file contents into a new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 backup file. @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-x C-s} does both things: it makes a
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
529 backup from the previous contents, and arranges to make another from the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
530 newly saved contents if you save again.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 * Names: Backup Names. How backup files are named;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 choosing single or numbered backup files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 * Deletion: Backup Deletion. Emacs deletes excess numbered backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 * Copying: Backup Copying. Backups can be made by copying or renaming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 @node Backup Names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 @subsubsection Single or Numbered Backups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 If you choose to have a single backup file (this is the default),
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
543 the backup file's name is normally constructed by appending @samp{~} to the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 file name being edited; thus, the backup file for @file{eval.c} would
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 be @file{eval.c~}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
547 @vindex make-backup-file-name-function
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
548 @vindex backup-directory-alist
38017
32f10000ac35 Don't use the British spelling of "behaviour".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37795
diff changeset
549 You can change this behavior by defining the variable
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
550 @code{make-backup-file-name-function} to a suitable function.
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
551 Alternatively you can customize the variable
36874
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
552 @code{backup-directory-alist} to specify that files matching certain
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
553 patterns should be backed up in specific directories.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
554
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
555 A typical use is to add an element @code{("." . @var{dir})} to make
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
556 all backups in the directory with absolute name @var{dir}; Emacs
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
557 modifies the backup file names to avoid clashes between files with the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
558 same names originating in different directories. Alternatively,
37090
41f1140b1f53 (Backup Names): Fix typo.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 36874
diff changeset
559 adding, say, @code{("." . ".~")} would make backups in the invisible
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
560 subdirectory @file{.~} of the original file's directory. Emacs
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
561 creates the directory, if necessary, to make the backup.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
562
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
563 If access control stops Emacs from writing backup files under the usual
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
564 names, it writes the backup file as @file{%backup%~} in your home
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
565 directory. Only one such file can exist, so only the most recently
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
566 made such backup is available.
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
567
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 If you choose to have a series of numbered backup files, backup file
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
569 names contain @samp{.~}, the number, and another @samp{~} after the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
570 original file name. Thus, the backup files of @file{eval.c} would be
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
571 called @file{eval.c.~1~}, @file{eval.c.~2~}, and so on, all the way
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
572 through names like @file{eval.c.~259~} and beyond. The variable
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
573 @code{backup-directory-alist} applies to numbered backups just as
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
574 usual.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 @vindex version-control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 The choice of single backup or numbered backups is controlled by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 variable @code{version-control}. Its possible values are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 @item t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 Make numbered backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 @item nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 Make numbered backups for files that have numbered backups already.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 Otherwise, make single backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 @item never
36322
b95226aa58b9 (Backup names): Fix "Do not in any case". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36319
diff changeset
587 Never make numbered backups; always make single backups.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 You can set @code{version-control} locally in an individual buffer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 control the making of backups for that buffer's file. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 Rmail mode locally sets @code{version-control} to @code{never} to make sure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 that there is only one backup for an Rmail file. @xref{Locals}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595
29107
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28671
diff changeset
596 @cindex @env{VERSION_CONTROL} environment variable
203ba1f77b7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28671
diff changeset
597 If you set the environment variable @env{VERSION_CONTROL}, to tell
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 various GNU utilities what to do with backup files, Emacs also obeys the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 environment variable by setting the Lisp variable @code{version-control}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 accordingly at startup. If the environment variable's value is @samp{t}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 or @samp{numbered}, then @code{version-control} becomes @code{t}; if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 value is @samp{nil} or @samp{existing}, then @code{version-control}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 becomes @code{nil}; if it is @samp{never} or @samp{simple}, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 @code{version-control} becomes @code{never}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 @node Backup Deletion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 @subsubsection Automatic Deletion of Backups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608
38020
ab97b7f6b6fa Change wording.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38017
diff changeset
609 To prevent excessive consumption of disk space, Emacs can delete numbered
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 backup versions automatically. Generally Emacs keeps the first few backups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 and the latest few backups, deleting any in between. This happens every
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 time a new backup is made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 @vindex kept-old-versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 @vindex kept-new-versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 The two variables @code{kept-old-versions} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 @code{kept-new-versions} control this deletion. Their values are,
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
618 respectively, the number of oldest (lowest-numbered) backups to keep
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
619 and the number of newest (highest-numbered) ones to keep, each time a
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
620 new backup is made. The backups in the middle (excluding those oldest
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
621 and newest) are the excess middle versions---those backups are
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
622 deleted. These variables' values are used when it is time to delete
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
623 excess versions, just after a new backup version is made; the newly
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
624 made backup is included in the count in @code{kept-new-versions}. By
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
625 default, both variables are 2.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 @vindex delete-old-versions
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
628 If @code{delete-old-versions} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs deletes the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
629 excess backup files silently. If it is @code{nil}, the default, Emacs
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
630 asks you whether it should delete the excess backup versions.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 Dired's @kbd{.} (Period) command can also be used to delete old versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 @xref{Dired Deletion}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 @node Backup Copying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 @subsubsection Copying vs.@: Renaming
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
638 Backup files can be made by copying the old file or by renaming it.
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
639 This makes a difference when the old file has multiple names (hard
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
640 links). If the old file is renamed into the backup file, then the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
641 alternate names become names for the backup file. If the old file is
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
642 copied instead, then the alternate names remain names for the file
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
643 that you are editing, and the contents accessed by those names will be
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
644 the new contents.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 The method of making a backup file may also affect the file's owner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647 and group. If copying is used, these do not change. If renaming is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
648 you become the file's owner, and the file's group becomes the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 (different operating systems have different defaults for the group).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651 Having the owner change is usually a good idea, because then the owner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 always shows who last edited the file. Also, the owners of the backups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 show who produced those versions. Occasionally there is a file whose
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 owner should not change; it is a good idea for such files to contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 local variable lists to set @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 locally (@pxref{File Variables}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 @vindex backup-by-copying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-linked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-mismatch
31043
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
661 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
662 @cindex file ownership, and backup
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
663 @cindex backup, and user-id
31043
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
664 The choice of renaming or copying is controlled by four variables.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 Renaming is the default choice. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 @code{backup-by-copying} is non-@code{nil}, copying is used. Otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 if the variable @code{backup-by-copying-when-linked} is non-@code{nil},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 then copying is used for files that have multiple names, but renaming
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 may still be used when the file being edited has only one name. If the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670 variable @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is non-@code{nil}, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 copying is used if renaming would cause the file's owner or group to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 change. @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is @code{t} by default
31043
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
673 if you start Emacs as the superuser. The fourth variable,
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
674 @code{backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch}, gives the highest
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
675 numeric user-id for which @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} will be
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
676 forced on. This is useful when low-numbered user-ids are assigned to
31043
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
677 special system users, such as @code{root}, @code{bin}, @code{daemon},
31a21ae1de1f Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29683
diff changeset
678 etc., which must maintain ownership of files.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680 When a file is managed with a version control system (@pxref{Version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 Control}), Emacs does not normally make backups in the usual way for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 that file. But check-in and check-out are similar in some ways to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 making backups. One unfortunate similarity is that these operations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 typically break hard links, disconnecting the file name you visited from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 any alternate names for the same file. This has nothing to do with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 Emacs---the version control system does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 @node Interlocking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 @subsection Protection against Simultaneous Editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 @cindex file dates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 @cindex simultaneous editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 Simultaneous editing occurs when two users visit the same file, both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 make changes, and then both save them. If nobody were informed that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695 this was happening, whichever user saved first would later find that his
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 changes were lost.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 On some systems, Emacs notices immediately when the second user starts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 to change the file, and issues an immediate warning. On all systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 Emacs checks when you save the file, and warns if you are about to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 overwrite another user's changes. You can prevent loss of the other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 user's work by taking the proper corrective action instead of saving the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 @findex ask-user-about-lock
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 @cindex locking files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 When you make the first modification in an Emacs buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 visiting a file, Emacs records that the file is @dfn{locked} by you.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 (It does this by creating a symbolic link in the same directory with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 different name.) Emacs removes the lock when you save the changes. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 idea is that the file is locked whenever an Emacs buffer visiting it has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 unsaved changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 @cindex collision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 If you begin to modify the buffer while the visited file is locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 someone else, this constitutes a @dfn{collision}. When Emacs detects a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 collision, it asks you what to do, by calling the Lisp function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 @code{ask-user-about-lock}. You can redefine this function for the sake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 of customization. The standard definition of this function asks you a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 question and accepts three possible answers:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 @item s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 Steal the lock. Whoever was already changing the file loses the lock,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 and you gain the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 @item p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 Proceed. Go ahead and edit the file despite its being locked by someone else.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 @item q
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
729 Quit. This causes an error (@code{file-locked}), and the buffer
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
730 contents remain unchanged---the modification you were trying to make
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
731 does not actually take place.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 Note that locking works on the basis of a file name; if a file has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 multiple names, Emacs does not realize that the two names are the same file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 and cannot prevent two users from editing it simultaneously under different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 names. However, basing locking on names means that Emacs can interlock the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738 editing of new files that will not really exist until they are saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 Some systems are not configured to allow Emacs to make locks, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741 there are cases where lock files cannot be written. In these cases,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 Emacs cannot detect trouble in advance, but it still can detect the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 collision when you try to save a file and overwrite someone else's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 If Emacs or the operating system crashes, this may leave behind lock
36327
f32c31c60f60 (Interlocking): Fix wording of "So you may".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36326
diff changeset
747 files which are stale, so you may occasionally get warnings about
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 spurious collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 just use @kbd{p} to tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 Every time Emacs saves a buffer, it first checks the last-modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 date of the existing file on disk to verify that it has not changed since the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 file was last visited or saved. If the date does not match, it implies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 that changes were made in the file in some other way, and these changes are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 about to be lost if Emacs actually does save. To prevent this, Emacs
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38768
diff changeset
756 displays a warning message and asks for confirmation before saving.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 Occasionally you will know why the file was changed and know that it does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 not matter; then you can answer @kbd{yes} and proceed. Otherwise, you should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 cancel the save with @kbd{C-g} and investigate the situation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 The first thing you should do when notified that simultaneous editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 has already taken place is to list the directory with @kbd{C-u C-x C-d}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 (@pxref{Directories}). This shows the file's current author. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 should attempt to contact him to warn him not to continue editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 Often the next step is to save the contents of your Emacs buffer under a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 different name, and use @code{diff} to compare the two files.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
768 @node File Shadowing
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
769 @subsection Shadowing Files
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
770 @cindex shadow files
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
771 @cindex file shadows
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
772
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
773 @table @kbd
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
774 @item M-x shadow-initialize
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
775 Set up file shadowing.
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
776 @item M-x shadow-define-literal-group
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
777 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
778 @item M-x shadow-define-regexp-group
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
779 Make all files that match each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
780 @item M-x shadow-define-cluster @key{RET} @var{name} @key{RET}
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
781 Define a shadow file cluster @var{name}.
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
782 @item M-x shadow-copy-files
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
783 Copy all pending shadow files.
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
784 @item M-x shadow-cancel
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
785 Cancel the instruction to shadow some files.
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
786 @end table
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
787
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
788 You can arrange to keep identical @dfn{shadow} copies of certain files
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
789 in more than one place---possibly on different machines. To do this,
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
790 first you must set up a @dfn{shadow file group}, which is a set of
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
791 identically-named files shared between a list of sites. The file
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
792 group is permanent and applies to further Emacs sessions as well as
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
793 the current one. Once the group is set up, every time you exit Emacs,
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
794 it will copy the file you edited to the other files in its group. You
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
795 can also do the copying without exiting Emacs, by typing @kbd{M-x
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
796 shadow-copy-files}.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
797
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
798 To set up a shadow file group, use @kbd{M-x
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
799 shadow-define-literal-group} or @kbd{M-x shadow-define-regexp-group}.
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
800 See their documentation strings for further information.
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
801
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
802 Before copying a file to its shadows, Emacs asks for confirmation.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
803 You can answer ``no'' to bypass copying of this file, this time. If
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
804 you want to cancel the shadowing permanently for a certain file, use
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
805 @kbd{M-x shadow-cancel} to eliminate or change the shadow file group.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
806
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
807 A @dfn{shadow cluster} is a group of hosts that share directories, so
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
808 that copying to or from one of them is sufficient to update the file
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
809 on all of them. Each shadow cluster has a name, and specifies the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
810 network address of a primary host (the one we copy files to), and a
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
811 regular expression that matches the host names of all the other hosts
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
812 in the cluster. You can define a shadow cluster with @kbd{M-x
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
813 shadow-define-cluster}.
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
814
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
815 @node Time Stamps
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
816 @subsection Updating Time Stamps Automatically
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
817 @findex time-stamp
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
818 @cindex time stamps
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
819 @cindex modification dates
35620
654bde0f95a6 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35524
diff changeset
820 @cindex locale, date format
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
821
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
822 You can arrange to put a time stamp in a file, so that it will be updated
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
823 automatically each time you edit and save the file. The time stamp
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
824 has to be in the first eight lines of the file, and you should
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
825 insert it like this:
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
826
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
827 @example
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
828 Time-stamp: <>
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
829 @end example
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
830
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
831 @noindent
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
832 or like this:
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
833
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
834 @example
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
835 Time-stamp: ""
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
836 @end example
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
837
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
838 Then add the hook function @code{time-stamp} to the hook
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45892
diff changeset
839 @code{write-file-functions}; that hook function will automatically update
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
840 the time stamp, inserting the current date and time when you save the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
841 file. You can also use the command @kbd{M-x time-stamp} to update the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
842 time stamp manually. For other customizations, see the Custom group
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
843 @code{time-stamp}. Note that non-numeric fields in the time stamp are
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
844 formatted according to your locale setting (@pxref{Environment}).
35524
91c357a883aa (Time Stamps): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35337
diff changeset
845
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 @node Reverting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 @section Reverting a Buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 @findex revert-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 @cindex drastic changes
36547
4dff107cf2a1 (Reverting): Add an index entry "reread a file".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36402
diff changeset
850 @cindex reread a file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 If you have made extensive changes to a file and then change your mind
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 about them, you can get rid of them by reading in the previous version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 of the file. To do this, use @kbd{M-x revert-buffer}, which operates on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 the current buffer. Since reverting a buffer unintentionally could lose
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 a lot of work, you must confirm this command with @kbd{yes}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 @code{revert-buffer} keeps point at the same distance (measured in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 characters) from the beginning of the file. If the file was edited only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 slightly, you will be at approximately the same piece of text after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 reverting as before. If you have made drastic changes, the same value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 point in the old file may address a totally different piece of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 Reverting marks the buffer as ``not modified'' until another change is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 Some kinds of buffers whose contents reflect data bases other than files,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 such as Dired buffers, can also be reverted. For them, reverting means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 recalculating their contents from the appropriate data base. Buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 created explicitly with @kbd{C-x b} cannot be reverted; @code{revert-buffer}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 reports an error when asked to do so.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 @vindex revert-without-query
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 When you edit a file that changes automatically and frequently---for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run---it may be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you, whenever you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 visit the file again with @kbd{C-x C-f}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 To request this behavior, set the variable @code{revert-without-query}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 to a list of regular expressions. When a file name matches one of these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 regular expressions, @code{find-file} and @code{revert-buffer} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 revert it automatically if it has changed---provided the buffer itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 is not modified. (If you have edited the text, it would be wrong to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 discard your changes.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
36874
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
886 @cindex Global Auto-Revert mode
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
887 @cindex mode, Global Auto-Revert
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
888 @cindex Auto-Revert mode
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
889 @cindex mode, Auto-Revert
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
890 @findex global-auto-revert-mode
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
891 @findex auto-revert-mode
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
892 @vindex auto-revert-interval
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
893 You may find it useful to have Emacs revert files automatically when
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
894 they change. Two minor modes are available to do this. In Global
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
895 Auto-Revert mode, Emacs periodically checks all file buffers and
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
896 reverts any when the corresponding file has changed. The local
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
897 variant, Auto-Revert mode, applies only to buffers in which it was
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
898 activated. Checking the files is done at intervals determined by the
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
899 variable @code{auto-revert-interval}.
c4072454eee4 auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36728
diff changeset
900
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 @node Auto Save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 @section Auto-Saving: Protection Against Disasters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 @cindex Auto Save mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 @cindex mode, Auto Save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 @cindex crashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 Emacs saves all the visited files from time to time (based on counting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 your keystrokes) without being asked. This is called @dfn{auto-saving}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 It prevents you from losing more than a limited amount of work if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 system crashes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 When Emacs determines that it is time for auto-saving, each buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 considered, and is auto-saved if auto-saving is turned on for it and it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 has been changed since the last time it was auto-saved. The message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 @samp{Auto-saving...} is displayed in the echo area during auto-saving,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 if any files are actually auto-saved. Errors occurring during
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 auto-saving are caught so that they do not interfere with the execution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 of commands you have been typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 * Files: Auto Save Files. The file where auto-saved changes are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 actually made until you save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 * Control: Auto Save Control. Controlling when and how often to auto-save.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 * Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 @node Auto Save Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 @subsection Auto-Save Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 Auto-saving does not normally save in the files that you visited, because
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 it can be very undesirable to save a program that is in an inconsistent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 state when you have made half of a planned change. Instead, auto-saving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 is done in a different file called the @dfn{auto-save file}, and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 visited file is changed only when you request saving explicitly (such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 with @kbd{C-x C-s}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 Normally, the auto-save file name is made by appending @samp{#} to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 front and rear of the visited file name. Thus, a buffer visiting file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 @file{foo.c} is auto-saved in a file @file{#foo.c#}. Most buffers that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 are not visiting files are auto-saved only if you request it explicitly;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 when they are auto-saved, the auto-save file name is made by appending
43682
02ff23017427 Update how auto-save file names are made for non-file buffers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42433
diff changeset
942 @samp{#} to the front and rear of buffer name, then
02ff23017427 Update how auto-save file names are made for non-file buffers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42433
diff changeset
943 adding digits and letters at the end for uniqueness. For
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 example, the @samp{*mail*} buffer in which you compose messages to be
43682
02ff23017427 Update how auto-save file names are made for non-file buffers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42433
diff changeset
945 sent might auto-saved in a file named @file{#*mail*#704juu}. Auto-save file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 names are made this way unless you reprogram parts of Emacs to do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 something different (the functions @code{make-auto-save-file-name} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 @code{auto-save-file-name-p}). The file name to be used for auto-saving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 in a buffer is calculated when auto-saving is turned on in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950
44717
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
951 @cindex auto-save for remote files
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
952 @vindex auto-save-file-name-transforms
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
953 The variable @code{auto-save-file-name-transforms} allows a degree
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
954 of control over the auto-save file name. It lets you specify a series
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
955 of regular expressions and replacements to transform the auto save
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
956 file name. The default value puts the auto-save files for remote
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
957 files (@pxref{Remote Files}) into the temporary file directory on the
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
958 local machine.
44717
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
959
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 When you delete a substantial part of the text in a large buffer, auto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 save turns off temporarily in that buffer. This is because if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 deleted the text unintentionally, you might find the auto-save file more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 useful if it contains the deleted text. To reenable auto-saving after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 this happens, save the buffer with @kbd{C-x C-s}, or use @kbd{C-u 1 M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 auto-save}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 @vindex auto-save-visited-file-name
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
968 If you want auto-saving to be done in the visited file rather than
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
969 in a separate auto-save file, set the variable
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
970 @code{auto-save-visited-file-name} to a non-@code{nil} value. In this
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
971 mode, there is no real difference between auto-saving and explicit
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
972 saving.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 @vindex delete-auto-save-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 A buffer's auto-save file is deleted when you save the buffer in its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 visited file. To inhibit this, set the variable @code{delete-auto-save-files}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 to @code{nil}. Changing the visited file name with @kbd{C-x C-w} or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 @code{set-visited-file-name} renames any auto-save file to go with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 the new visited name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 @node Auto Save Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 @subsection Controlling Auto-Saving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 @vindex auto-save-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 @findex auto-save-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 Each time you visit a file, auto-saving is turned on for that file's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 buffer if the variable @code{auto-save-default} is non-@code{nil} (but not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 in batch mode; @pxref{Entering Emacs}). The default for this variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 @code{t}, so auto-saving is the usual practice for file-visiting buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 Auto-saving can be turned on or off for any existing buffer with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 command @kbd{M-x auto-save-mode}. Like other minor mode commands, @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 auto-save-mode} turns auto-saving on with a positive argument, off with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 zero or negative argument; with no argument, it toggles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 @vindex auto-save-interval
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 Emacs does auto-saving periodically based on counting how many characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 you have typed since the last time auto-saving was done. The variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 @code{auto-save-interval} specifies how many characters there are between
40682
e9a06f7efd3f (Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39263
diff changeset
999 auto-saves. By default, it is 300. Emacs doesn't accept values that are
e9a06f7efd3f (Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39263
diff changeset
1000 too small: if you customize @code{auto-save-interval} to a value less
e9a06f7efd3f (Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39263
diff changeset
1001 than 20, Emacs will behave as if the value is 20.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 @vindex auto-save-timeout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 Auto-saving also takes place when you stop typing for a while. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 variable @code{auto-save-timeout} says how many seconds Emacs should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 wait before it does an auto save (and perhaps also a garbage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 collection). (The actual time period is longer if the current buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 long; this is a heuristic which aims to keep out of your way when you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 are editing long buffers, in which auto-save takes an appreciable amount
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 of time.) Auto-saving during idle periods accomplishes two things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 first, it makes sure all your work is saved if you go away from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 terminal for a while; second, it may avoid some auto-saving while you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 are actually typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 Emacs also does auto-saving whenever it gets a fatal error. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 includes killing the Emacs job with a shell command such as @samp{kill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 %emacs}, or disconnecting a phone line or network connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 @findex do-auto-save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 You can request an auto-save explicitly with the command @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 do-auto-save}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 @node Recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 @subsection Recovering Data from Auto-Saves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 @findex recover-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 You can use the contents of an auto-save file to recover from a loss
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 of data with the command @kbd{M-x recover-file @key{RET} @var{file}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 @key{RET}}. This visits @var{file} and then (after your confirmation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 restores the contents from its auto-save file @file{#@var{file}#}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 You can then save with @kbd{C-x C-s} to put the recovered text into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 @var{file} itself. For example, to recover file @file{foo.c} from its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 auto-save file @file{#foo.c#}, do:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 M-x recover-file @key{RET} foo.c @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 yes @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 C-x C-s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 Before asking for confirmation, @kbd{M-x recover-file} displays a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 directory listing describing the specified file and the auto-save file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 so you can compare their sizes and dates. If the auto-save file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 is older, @kbd{M-x recover-file} does not offer to read it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 @findex recover-session
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 If Emacs or the computer crashes, you can recover all the files you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 were editing from their auto save files with the command @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 recover-session}. This first shows you a list of recorded interrupted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 sessions. Move point to the one you choose, and type @kbd{C-c C-c}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 Then @code{recover-session} asks about each of the files that were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 being edited during that session, asking whether to recover that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 If you answer @kbd{y}, it calls @code{recover-file}, which works in its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 normal fashion. It shows the dates of the original file and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 auto-save file, and asks once again whether to recover that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 When @code{recover-session} is done, the files you've chosen to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 recover are present in Emacs buffers. You should then save them. Only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 this---saving them---updates the files themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 @vindex auto-save-list-file-prefix
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1063 Emacs records interrupted sessions for later recovery in files named
44327
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
1064 @file{~/.emacs.d/auto-save-list/.saves-@var{pid}-@var{hostname}}. All
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
1065 of this name except @file{@var{pid}-@var{hostname}} comes from the
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
1066 value of @code{auto-save-list-file-prefix}. You can record sessions
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
1067 in a different place by customizing that variable. If you set
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
1068 @code{auto-save-list-file-prefix} to @code{nil} in your @file{.emacs}
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
1069 file, sessions are not recorded for recovery.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 @node File Aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 @section File Name Aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 Symbolic links and hard links both make it possible for several file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 names to refer to the same file. Hard links are alternate names that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 refer directly to the file; all the names are equally valid, and no one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 of them is preferred. By contrast, a symbolic link is a kind of defined
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 alias: when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to @file{bar}, you can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 either name to refer to the file, but @file{bar} is the real name, while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 @file{foo} is just an alias. More complex cases occur when symbolic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 links point to directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 If you visit two names for the same file, normally Emacs makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 two different buffers, but it warns you about the situation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085
33278
7b666d4d4007 (File Aliases): Change description of find-file-existing-other-name
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32221
diff changeset
1086 @vindex find-file-existing-other-name
38922
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1087 @vindex find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1088 Normally, if you visit a file which Emacs is already visiting under
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1089 a different name, Emacs displays a message in the echo area and uses
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1090 the existing buffer visiting that file. This can happen on systems
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1091 that support symbolic links, or if you use a long file name on a
38922
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1092 system that truncates long file names. You can suppress the message by
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1093 setting the variable @code{find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings} to a
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1094 non-@code{nil} value. You can disable this feature entirely by setting
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1095 the variable @code{find-file-existing-other-name} to @code{nil}: then
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1096 if you visit the same file under two different names, you get a separate
526466ad5a06 (File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38870
diff changeset
1097 buffer for each file name.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 @vindex find-file-visit-truename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 @cindex truenames of files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 @cindex file truenames
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 If the variable @code{find-file-visit-truename} is non-@code{nil},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 then the file name recorded for a buffer is the file's @dfn{truename}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 (made by replacing all symbolic links with their target names), rather
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 than the name you specify. Setting @code{find-file-visit-truename} also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 implies the effect of @code{find-file-existing-other-name}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 @node Version Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 @section Version Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 @cindex version control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 @dfn{Version control systems} are packages that can record multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 versions of a source file, usually storing the unchanged parts of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 file just once. Version control systems also record history information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 such as the creation time of each version, who created it, and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 description of what was changed in that version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1118 The Emacs version control interface is called VC. Its commands work
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1119 with three version control systems---RCS, CVS, and SCCS. The GNU
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1120 project recommends RCS and CVS, which are free software and available
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1121 from the Free Software Foundation. We also have free software to
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1122 replace SCCS, known as CSSC; if you are using SCCS and don't want to
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1123 make the incompatible change to RCS or CVS, you can switch to CSSC.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 * Introduction to VC:: How version control works in general.
42338
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1127 * VC Mode Line:: How the mode line shows version control status.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 * Basic VC Editing:: How to edit a file under version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 * Old Versions:: Examining and comparing old versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 * Secondary VC Commands:: The commands used a little less frequently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 * Branches:: Multiple lines of development.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1132 * Remote Repositories:: Efficient access to remote CVS servers.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 * Snapshots:: Sets of file versions treated as a unit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 * Miscellaneous VC:: Various other commands and features of VC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 * Customizing VC:: Variables that change VC's behavior.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 @node Introduction to VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 @subsection Introduction to Version Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 VC allows you to use a version control system from within Emacs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 integrating the version control operations smoothly with editing. VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 provides a uniform interface to version control, so that regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 which version control system is in use, you can use it the same way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 This section provides a general overview of version control, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 describes the version control systems that VC supports. You can skip
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 this section if you are already familiar with the version control system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 you want to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 * Version Systems:: Supported version control back-end systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 * VC Concepts:: Words and concepts related to version control.
42327
86a0b7cc1600 Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents: 40682
diff changeset
1154 * Types of Log File:: The per-file VC log in contrast to the ChangeLog.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 @node Version Systems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 @subsubsection Supported Version Control Systems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 @cindex RCS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 @cindex back end (version control)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 VC currently works with three different version control systems or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 ``back ends'': RCS, CVS, and SCCS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 RCS is a free version control system that is available from the Free
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 Software Foundation. It is perhaps the most mature of the supported
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 back ends, and the VC commands are conceptually closest to RCS. Almost
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 everything you can do with RCS can be done through VC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 @cindex CVS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 CVS is built on top of RCS, and extends the features of RCS, allowing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 for more sophisticated release management, and concurrent multi-user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 development. VC supports basic editing operations under CVS, but for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 some less common tasks you still need to call CVS from the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 Note also that before using CVS you must set up a repository, which is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 subject too complex to treat here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 @cindex SCCS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 SCCS is a proprietary but widely used version control system. In
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 terms of capabilities, it is the weakest of the three that VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 supports. VC compensates for certain features missing in SCCS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 (snapshots, for example) by implementing them itself, but some other VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 features, such as multiple branches, are not available with SCCS. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 should use SCCS only if for some reason you cannot use RCS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 @node VC Concepts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 @subsubsection Concepts of Version Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 @cindex master file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 @cindex registered file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 When a file is under version control, we also say that it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 @dfn{registered} in the version control system. Each registered file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 has a corresponding @dfn{master file} which represents the file's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 present state plus its change history---enough to reconstruct the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 current version or any earlier version. Usually the master file also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 records a @dfn{log entry} for each version, describing in words what was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 changed in that version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 @cindex work file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 @cindex checking out files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 The file that is maintained under version control is sometimes called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 the @dfn{work file} corresponding to its master file. You edit the work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 file and make changes in it, as you would with an ordinary file. (With
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 SCCS and RCS, you must @dfn{lock} the file before you start to edit it.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 After you are done with a set of changes, you @dfn{check the file in},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 which records the changes in the master file, along with a log entry for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 With CVS, there are usually multiple work files corresponding to a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 single master file---often each user has his own copy. It is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 possible to use RCS in this way, but this is not the usual way to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 RCS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 @cindex locking and version control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 A version control system typically has some mechanism to coordinate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 between users who want to change the same file. One method is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 @dfn{locking} (analogous to the locking that Emacs uses to detect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 simultaneous editing of a file, but distinct from it). The other method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 is to merge your changes with other people's changes when you check them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 With version control locking, work files are normally read-only so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 that you cannot change them. You ask the version control system to make
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 a work file writable for you by locking it; only one user can do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 this at any given time. When you check in your changes, that unlocks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 the file, making the work file read-only again. This allows other users
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 to lock the file to make further changes. SCCS always uses locking, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 RCS normally does.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 The other alternative for RCS is to let each user modify the work file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 at any time. In this mode, locking is not required, but it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 permitted; check-in is still the way to record a new version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 CVS normally allows each user to modify his own copy of the work file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 at any time, but requires merging with changes from other users at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 check-in time. However, CVS can also be set up to require locking.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1237 (@pxref{CVS Options}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238
42327
86a0b7cc1600 Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents: 40682
diff changeset
1239 @node Types of Log File
86a0b7cc1600 Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents: 40682
diff changeset
1240 @subsubsection Types of Log File
42338
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1241 @cindex types of log file
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1242 @cindex log File, types of
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1243 @cindex version control log
42327
86a0b7cc1600 Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents: 40682
diff changeset
1244
86a0b7cc1600 Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents: 40682
diff changeset
1245 GNU projects under a revision control system generally possess
42338
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1246 @emph{two} types of log for changes. One is the per-file log
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1247 maintained by the revision control system: each time you check in a
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1248 change, you must fill out a @dfn{log entry} for the change (@pxref{Log
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1249 Buffer}). This kind of log is called the @dfn{version control log},
42433
21907e7569d1 Minor cleanup of previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42338
diff changeset
1250 also the @dfn{revision control log}, @dfn{RCS log}, or @dfn{CVS log}.
21907e7569d1 Minor cleanup of previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42338
diff changeset
1251
21907e7569d1 Minor cleanup of previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42338
diff changeset
1252 The other kind of log is the change log file, typically a file called
42338
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1253 @file{ChangeLog}. It provides a chronological record of all changes
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1254 to a large portion of a program---one directory and its
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1255 subdirectories. A small program would use one @file{ChangeLog} file;
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1256 a large program may well merit a @file{ChangeLog} file in each major
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1257 directory. @xref{Change Log}.
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1258
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1259 When you use version control, you can use just the per-file log if you
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1260 wish, or you can use both kinds of logs. When you use both, you
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1261 typically want to write just one entry for each change. You can write
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1262 the entry in @file{ChangeLog}, then copy it to the log buffer when you
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1263 check in the change. Or you can write the entry in the log buffer
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1264 while checking in the change, and later use the @kbd{C-x v a} command
8649ccc72076 Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42327
diff changeset
1265 to copy it to @file{ChangeLog} (@pxref{Change Logs and VC}).
42327
86a0b7cc1600 Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents: 40682
diff changeset
1266
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 @node VC Mode Line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 @subsection Version Control and the Mode Line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 When you visit a file that is under version control, Emacs indicates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 this on the mode line. For example, @samp{RCS-1.3} says that RCS is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 used for that file, and the current version is 1.3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 The character between the back-end name and the version number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 indicates the version control status of the file. @samp{-} means that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 the work file is not locked (if locking is in use), or not modified (if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 locking is not in use). @samp{:} indicates that the file is locked, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 that it is modified. If the file is locked by some other user (for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 instance, @samp{jim}), that is displayed as @samp{RCS:jim:1.3}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 @node Basic VC Editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 @subsection Basic Editing under Version Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 The principal VC command is an all-purpose command that performs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 either locking or check-in, depending on the situation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 @itemx C-x v v
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 Perform the next logical version control operation on this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 @findex vc-next-action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 @kindex C-x v v
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 The precise action of this command depends on the state of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 and whether the version control system uses locking or not. SCCS and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 RCS normally use locking; CVS normally does not use locking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1298 @findex vc-toggle-read-only
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1299 @kindex C-x C-q @r{(Version Control)}
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1300 As a special convenience that is particularly useful for files with
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1301 locking, you can let Emacs check a file in or out whenever you change
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1302 its read-only flag. This means, for example, that you cannot
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1303 accidentally edit a file without properly checking it out first. To
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1304 achieve this, bind the key @kbd{C-x C-q} to @kbd{vc-toggle-read-only}
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1305 in your @file{~/.emacs} file. (@xref{Init Rebinding}.)
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1306
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 * VC with Locking:: RCS in its default mode, SCCS, and optionally CVS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 * Without Locking:: Without locking: default mode for CVS.
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1310 * Advanced C-x v v:: Advanced features available with a prefix argument.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 * Log Buffer:: Features available in log entry buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 @node VC with Locking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 @subsubsection Basic Version Control with Locking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 If locking is used for the file (as with SCCS, and RCS in its default
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1318 mode), @kbd{C-x v v} can either lock a file or check it in:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 @item
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1322 If the file is not locked, @kbd{C-x v v} locks it, and
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 makes it writable so that you can change it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 @item
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1326 If the file is locked by you, and contains changes, @kbd{C-x v v} checks
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 in the changes. In order to do this, it first reads the log entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 for the new version. @xref{Log Buffer}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 If the file is locked by you, but you have not changed it since you
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1332 locked it, @kbd{C-x v v} releases the lock and makes the file read-only
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 @item
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1336 If the file is locked by some other user, @kbd{C-x v v} asks you whether
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 you want to ``steal the lock'' from that user. If you say yes, the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 becomes locked by you, but a message is sent to the person who had
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 formerly locked the file, to inform him of what has happened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 These rules also apply when you use CVS in locking mode, except
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 that there is no such thing as stealing a lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 @node Without Locking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 @subsubsection Basic Version Control without Locking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 When there is no locking---the default for CVS---work files are always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 writable; you do not need to do anything before you begin to edit a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 file. The status indicator on the mode line is @samp{-} if the file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 unmodified; it flips to @samp{:} as soon as you save any changes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 work file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1354 Here is what @kbd{C-x v v} does when using CVS:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 @item
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1358 If some other user has checked in changes into the master file, Emacs
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1359 asks you whether you want to merge those changes into your own work
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1360 file. You must do this before you can check in your own changes. (To
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1361 pick up any recent changes from the master file @emph{without} trying
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1362 to commit your own changes, type @kbd{C-x v m @key{RET}}.)
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1363 @xref{Merging}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 If there are no new changes in the master file, but you have made
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1367 modifications in your work file, @kbd{C-x v v} checks in your changes.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 In order to do this, it first reads the log entry for the new version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 @xref{Log Buffer}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 @item
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1372 If the file is not modified, the @kbd{C-x v v} does nothing.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 These rules also apply when you use RCS in the mode that does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 require locking, except that automatic merging of changes from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 master file is not implemented. Unfortunately, this means that nothing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 informs you if another user has checked in changes in the same file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 since you began editing it, and when this happens, his changes will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 effectively removed when you check in your version (though they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 remain in the master file, so they will not be entirely lost). You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 therefore verify the current version is unchanged, before you check in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 changes. We hope to eliminate this risk and provide automatic merging
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 with RCS in a future Emacs version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 In addition, locking is possible with RCS even in this mode, although
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1387 it is not required; @kbd{C-x v v} with an unmodified file locks the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 file, just as it does with RCS in its normal (locking) mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1390 @node Advanced C-x v v
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1391 @subsubsection Advanced Control in @kbd{C-x v v}
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1392
44588
332679f37a67 Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44550
diff changeset
1393 @cindex version number to check in/out
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1394 When you give a prefix argument to @code{vc-next-action} (@kbd{C-u
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1395 C-x v v}), it still performs the next logical version control
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1396 operation, but accepts additional arguments to specify precisely how
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1397 to do the operation.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1398
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1399 @itemize @bullet
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1400 @item
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1401 If the file is modified (or locked), you can specify the version
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1402 number to use for the new version that you check in. This is one way
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1403 to create a new branch (@pxref{Branches}).
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1404
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1405 @item
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1406 If the file is not modified (and unlocked), you can specify the
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1407 version to select; this lets you start working from an older version,
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1408 or on another branch. If you do not enter any version, that takes you
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1409 to the highest version on the current branch; therefore @kbd{C-u C-x
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1410 v v @key{RET}} is a convenient way to get the latest version of a file from
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1411 the repository.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1412
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1413 @item
44588
332679f37a67 Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44550
diff changeset
1414 @cindex specific version control system
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1415 Instead of the version number, you can also specify the name of a
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1416 version control system. This is useful when one file is being managed
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1417 with two version control systems at the same time (@pxref{Local
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1418 Version Control}).
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1419 @end itemize
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1420
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 @node Log Buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 @subsubsection Features of the Log Entry Buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1424 When you check in changes, @kbd{C-x v v} first reads a log entry. It
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 pops up a buffer called @samp{*VC-Log*} for you to enter the log entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 When you are finished, type @kbd{C-c C-c} in the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 That is when check-in really happens.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 To abort check-in, just @strong{don't} type @kbd{C-c C-c} in that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 buffer. You can switch buffers and do other editing. As long as you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 don't try to check in another file, the entry you were editing remains
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 in the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer, and you can go back to that buffer at any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 time to complete the check-in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 If you change several source files for the same reason, it is often
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 convenient to specify the same log entry for many of the files. To do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 this, use the history of previous log entries. The commands @kbd{M-n},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 @kbd{M-p}, @kbd{M-s} and @kbd{M-r} for doing this work just like the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 minibuffer history commands (except that these versions are used outside
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 @vindex vc-log-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 Each time you check in a file, the log entry buffer is put into VC Log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 mode, which involves running two hooks: @code{text-mode-hook} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 @code{vc-log-mode-hook}. @xref{Hooks}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 @node Old Versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 @subsection Examining And Comparing Old Versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 One of the convenient features of version control is the ability
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 to examine any version of a file, or compare two versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 @item C-x v ~ @var{version} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 Examine version @var{version} of the visited file, in a buffer of its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 own.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 @item C-x v =
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 Compare the current buffer contents with the latest checked-in version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 of the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 @item C-u C-x v = @var{file} @key{RET} @var{oldvers} @key{RET} @var{newvers} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 Compare the specified two versions of @var{file}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 @item C-x v g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 Display the result of the CVS annotate command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 @findex vc-version-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 @kindex C-x v ~
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1471 To examine an old version in its entirety, visit the file and then type
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 @kbd{C-x v ~ @var{version} @key{RET}} (@code{vc-version-other-window}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 This puts the text of version @var{version} in a file named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 @file{@var{filename}.~@var{version}~}, and visits it in its own buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 in a separate window. (In RCS, you can also select an old version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 and create a branch from it. @xref{Branches}.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 @findex vc-diff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 @kindex C-x v =
36323
7ecef0fc04b0 (Old versions): Fix "But usually is". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36322
diff changeset
1480 It is usually more convenient to compare two versions of the file,
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 with the command @kbd{C-x v =} (@code{vc-diff}). Plain @kbd{C-x v =}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 compares the current buffer contents (saving them in the file if
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1483 necessary) with the last checked-in version of the file. @kbd{C-u C-x
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1484 v =}, with a numeric argument, reads a file name and two version
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1485 numbers, then compares those versions of the specified file. Both
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1486 forms display the output in a special buffer in another window.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 You can specify a checked-in version by its number; an empty input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 specifies the current contents of the work file (which may be different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 from all the checked-in versions). You can also specify a snapshot name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 (@pxref{Snapshots}) instead of one or both version numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1493 If you supply a directory name instead of the name of a registered
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1494 file, this command compares the two specified versions of all registered
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1495 files in that directory and its subdirectories.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1496
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1497 @vindex vc-diff-switches
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1498 @vindex vc-rcs-diff-switches
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1499 @kbd{C-x v =} works by running a variant of the @code{diff} utility
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1500 designed to work with the version control system in use. When you
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1501 invoke @code{diff} this way, in addition to the options specified by
38768
b08b8519c0ab Fix a stale reference to "Comparing Files".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38739
diff changeset
1502 @code{diff-switches} (@pxref{Comparing Files}), it receives those
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1503 specified by @code{vc-diff-switches}, plus those specified for the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1504 specific back end by @code{vc-@var{backend}-diff-switches}. For
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1505 instance, when the version control back end is RCS, @code{diff} uses
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1506 the options in @code{vc-rcs-diff-switches}. The
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1507 @samp{vc@dots{}diff-switches} variables are @code{nil} by default.
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1508
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1509 Unlike the @kbd{M-x diff} command, @kbd{C-x v =} does not try to
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1510 locate the changes in the old and new versions. This is because
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1511 normally one or both versions do not exist as files when you compare
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1512 them; they exist only in the records of the master file.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1513 @xref{Comparing Files}, for more information about @kbd{M-x diff}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 @findex vc-annotate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 @kindex C-x v g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 For CVS-controlled files, you can display the result of the CVS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 annotate command, using colors to enhance the visual appearance. Use
39163
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1519 the command @kbd{M-x vc-annotate} to do this. It creates a new buffer
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1520 to display file's text, colored to show how old each part is. Text
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1521 colored red is new, blue means old, and intermediate colors indicate
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1522 intermediate ages. By default, the time scale is 360 days, so that
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1523 everything more than one year old is shown in blue.
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1524
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1525 When you give a prefix argument to this command, it uses the
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1526 minibuffer to read two arguments: which version number to display and
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1527 annotate (instead of the current file contents), and a stretch factor
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1528 for the time scale. A stretch factor of 0.1 means that the color
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1529 range from red to blue spans the past 36 days instead of 360 days. A
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1530 stretch factor greater than 1 means the color range spans more than a
8c66ad9acae0 Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38922
diff changeset
1531 year.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 @node Secondary VC Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 @subsection The Secondary Commands of VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 This section explains the secondary commands of VC; those that you might
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 use once a day.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 * Registering:: Putting a file under version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 * VC Status:: Viewing the VC status of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 * VC Undo:: Cancelling changes before or after check-in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 * VC Dired Mode:: Listing files managed by version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 * VC Dired Commands:: Commands to use in a VC Dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 @node Registering
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 @subsubsection Registering a File for Version Control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 @kindex C-x v i
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 @findex vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 You can put any file under version control by simply visiting it, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 then typing @w{@kbd{C-x v i}} (@code{vc-register}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 @item C-x v i
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 Register the visited file for version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 To register the file, Emacs must choose which version control system
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1561 to use for it. If the file's directory already contains files
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1562 registered in a version control system, Emacs uses that system. If
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1563 there is more than one system in use for a directory, Emacs uses the one
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1564 that appears first in @code{vc-handled-backends} (@pxref{Customizing VC}).
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1565 On the other hand, if there are no files already registered,
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1566 Emacs uses the first system from @code{vc-handled-backends} that could
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1567 register the file---for example, you cannot register a file under CVS if
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1568 its directory is not already part of a CVS tree.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1569
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1570 With the default value of @code{vc-handled-backends}, this means
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1571 that Emacs uses RCS if there are any files under RCS control, CVS if
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1572 there are any files under CVS, SCCS if any files are under SCCS, or
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1573 RCS as the ultimate default.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 If locking is in use, @kbd{C-x v i} leaves the file unlocked and
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1576 read-only. Type @kbd{C-x v v} if you wish to start editing it. After
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 registering a file with CVS, you must subsequently commit the initial
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1578 version by typing @kbd{C-x v v}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 @vindex vc-default-init-version
44588
332679f37a67 Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44550
diff changeset
1581 @cindex initial version number to register
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 The initial version number for a newly registered file is 1.1, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 default. You can specify a different default by setting the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 @code{vc-default-init-version}, or you can give @kbd{C-x v i} a numeric
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 argument; then it reads the initial version number for this particular
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 file using the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 @vindex vc-initial-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 If @code{vc-initial-comment} is non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-x v i} reads an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 initial comment to describe the purpose of this source file. Reading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 the initial comment works like reading a log entry (@pxref{Log Buffer}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 @node VC Status
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 @subsubsection VC Status Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 @item C-x v l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 Display version control state and change history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 @kindex C-x v l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 @findex vc-print-log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 To view the detailed version control status and history of a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 type @kbd{C-x v l} (@code{vc-print-log}). It displays the history of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 changes to the current file, including the text of the log entries. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 output appears in a separate window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 @node VC Undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 @subsubsection Undoing Version Control Actions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 @item C-x v u
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 Revert the buffer and the file to the last checked-in version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 @item C-x v c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 Remove the last-entered change from the master for the visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 This undoes your last check-in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 @kindex C-x v u
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 @findex vc-revert-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 If you want to discard your current set of changes and revert to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 last version checked in, use @kbd{C-x v u} (@code{vc-revert-buffer}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 This leaves the file unlocked; if locking is in use, you must first lock
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 the file again before you change it again. @kbd{C-x v u} requires
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 confirmation, unless it sees that you haven't made any changes since the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 last checked-in version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 @kbd{C-x v u} is also the command to unlock a file if you lock it and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 then decide not to change it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 @kindex C-x v c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 @findex vc-cancel-version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 To cancel a change that you already checked in, use @kbd{C-x v c}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 (@code{vc-cancel-version}). This command discards all record of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 most recent checked-in version. @kbd{C-x v c} also offers to revert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 your work file and buffer to the previous version (the one that precedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 the version that is deleted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 If you answer @kbd{no}, VC keeps your changes in the buffer, and locks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 the file. The no-revert option is useful when you have checked in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 change and then discover a trivial error in it; you can cancel the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 erroneous check-in, fix the error, and check the file in again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 When @kbd{C-x v c} does not revert the buffer, it unexpands all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 version control headers in the buffer instead (@pxref{Version Headers}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 This is because the buffer no longer corresponds to any existing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 version. If you check it in again, the check-in process will expand the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 headers properly for the new version number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 However, it is impossible to unexpand the RCS @samp{@w{$}Log$} header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 automatically. If you use that header feature, you have to unexpand it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 by hand---by deleting the entry for the version that you just canceled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 Be careful when invoking @kbd{C-x v c}, as it is easy to lose a lot of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 work with it. To help you be careful, this command always requires
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 confirmation with @kbd{yes}. Note also that this command is disabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 under CVS, because canceling versions is very dangerous and discouraged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 with CVS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 @node VC Dired Mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 @subsubsection Dired under VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
1664 @cindex PCL-CVS
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
1665 @pindex cvs
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
1666 @cindex CVS Dired Mode
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1667 The VC Dired Mode described here works with all the version control
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1668 systems that VC supports. Another more powerful facility, designed
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1669 specifically for CVS, is called PCL-CVS. @xref{Top, , About PCL-CVS,
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
1670 pcl-cvs, PCL-CVS --- The Emacs Front-End to CVS}.
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
1671
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 @kindex C-x v d
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 @findex vc-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 When you are working on a large program, it is often useful to find
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 out which files have changed within an entire directory tree, or to view
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 the status of all files under version control at once, and to perform
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 version control operations on collections of files. You can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 command @kbd{C-x v d} (@code{vc-directory}) to make a directory listing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 that includes only files relevant for version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 @vindex vc-dired-terse-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 @kbd{C-x v d} creates a buffer which uses VC Dired Mode. This looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 much like an ordinary Dired buffer (@pxref{Dired}); however, normally it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 shows only the noteworthy files (those locked or not up-to-date). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 is called @dfn{terse display}. If you set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 @code{vc-dired-terse-display} to @code{nil}, then VC Dired shows all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 relevant files---those managed under version control, plus all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 subdirectories (@dfn{full display}). The command @kbd{v t} in a VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 Dired buffer toggles between terse display and full display (@pxref{VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 Dired Commands}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 @vindex vc-dired-recurse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 By default, VC Dired produces a recursive listing of noteworthy or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 relevant files at or below the given directory. You can change this by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 setting the variable @code{vc-dired-recurse} to @code{nil}; then VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 Dired shows only the files in the given directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 The line for an individual file shows the version control state in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 place of the hard link count, owner, group, and size of the file. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 the file is unmodified, in sync with the master file, the version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 control state shown is blank. Otherwise it consists of text in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 parentheses. Under RCS and SCCS, the name of the user locking the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 is shown; under CVS, an abbreviated version of the @samp{cvs status}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 output is used. Here is an example using RCS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 /home/jim/project:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 -rw-r--r-- (jim) Apr 2 23:39 file1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 -r--r--r-- Apr 5 20:21 file2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 The files @samp{file1} and @samp{file2} are under version control,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 @samp{file1} is locked by user jim, and @samp{file2} is unlocked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 Here is an example using CVS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 /home/joe/develop:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 -rw-r--r-- (modified) Aug 2 1997 file1.c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 -rw-r--r-- Apr 4 20:09 file2.c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 -rw-r--r-- (merge) Sep 13 1996 file3.c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 Here @samp{file1.c} is modified with respect to the repository, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 @samp{file2.c} is not. @samp{file3.c} is modified, but other changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 have also been checked in to the repository---you need to merge them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 with the work file before you can check it in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 @vindex vc-directory-exclusion-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 When VC Dired displays subdirectories (in the ``full'' display mode),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 it omits some that should never contain any files under version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 By default, this includes Version Control subdirectories such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 @samp{RCS} and @samp{CVS}; you can customize this by setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 variable @code{vc-directory-exclusion-list}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 You can fine-tune VC Dired's format by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v d}---as in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 ordinary Dired, that allows you to specify additional switches for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 @samp{ls} command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 @node VC Dired Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 @subsubsection VC Dired Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 All the usual Dired commands work normally in VC Dired mode, except
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 for @kbd{v}, which is redefined as the version control prefix. You can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 invoke VC commands such as @code{vc-diff} and @code{vc-print-log} by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 typing @kbd{v =}, or @kbd{v l}, and so on. Most of these commands apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 to the file name on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 The command @kbd{v v} (@code{vc-next-action}) operates on all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 marked files, so that you can lock or check in several files at once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 If it operates on more than one file, it handles each file according to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 its current state; thus, it might lock one file, but check in another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 file. This could be confusing; it is up to you to avoid confusing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 behavior by marking a set of files that are in a similar state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763 If any files call for check-in, @kbd{v v} reads a single log entry,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 then uses it for all the files being checked in. This is convenient for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 registering or checking in several files at once, as part of the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 @findex vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 @findex vc-dired-mark-locked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 You can toggle between terse display (only locked files, or files not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 up-to-date) and full display at any time by typing @kbd{v t}
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
1772 (@code{vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode}). There is also a special command
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 @kbd{* l} (@code{vc-dired-mark-locked}), which marks all files currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 locked (or, with CVS, all files not up-to-date). Thus, typing @kbd{* l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 t k} is another way to delete from the buffer all files except those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 currently locked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 @node Branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 @subsection Multiple Branches of a File
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 @cindex branch (version control)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 @cindex trunk (version control)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 One use of version control is to maintain multiple ``current''
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 versions of a file. For example, you might have different versions of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 program in which you are gradually adding various unfinished new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 features. Each such independent line of development is called a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 @dfn{branch}. VC allows you to create branches, switch between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 different branches, and merge changes from one branch to another.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 Please note, however, that branches are only supported for RCS at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 moment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 A file's main line of development is usually called the @dfn{trunk}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 The versions on the trunk are normally numbered 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, etc. At
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 any such version, you can start an independent branch. A branch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 starting at version 1.2 would have version number 1.2.1.1, and consecutive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 versions on this branch would have numbers 1.2.1.2, 1.2.1.3, 1.2.1.4,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 and so on. If there is a second branch also starting at version 1.2, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 would consist of versions 1.2.2.1, 1.2.2.2, 1.2.2.3, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 @cindex head version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 If you omit the final component of a version number, that is called a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 @dfn{branch number}. It refers to the highest existing version on that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 branch---the @dfn{head version} of that branch. The branches in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 example above have branch numbers 1.2.1 and 1.2.2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 * Switching Branches:: How to get to another existing branch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 * Creating Branches:: How to start a new branch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 * Merging:: Transferring changes between branches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 * Multi-User Branching:: Multiple users working at multiple branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 in parallel.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 @node Switching Branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 @subsubsection Switching between Branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1817 To switch between branches, type @kbd{C-u C-x v v} and specify the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 version number you want to select. This version is then visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 @emph{unlocked} (write-protected), so you can examine it before locking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 it. Switching branches in this way is allowed only when the file is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 locked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 You can omit the minor version number, thus giving only the branch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 number; this takes you to the head version on the chosen branch. If you
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1825 only type @key{RET}, Emacs goes to the highest version on the trunk.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 After you have switched to any branch (including the main branch), you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 stay on it for subsequent VC commands, until you explicitly select some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 other branch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 @node Creating Branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 @subsubsection Creating New Branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 To create a new branch from a head version (one that is the latest in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 the branch that contains it), first select that version if necessary,
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1836 lock it with @kbd{C-x v v}, and make whatever changes you want. Then,
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1837 when you check in the changes, use @kbd{C-u C-x v v}. This lets you
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 specify the version number for the new version. You should specify a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 suitable branch number for a branch starting at the current version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 For example, if the current version is 2.5, the branch number should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 2.5.1, 2.5.2, and so on, depending on the number of existing branches at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 that point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 To create a new branch at an older version (one that is no longer the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 head of a branch), first select that version (@pxref{Switching
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1846 Branches}), then lock it with @kbd{C-x v v}. You'll be asked to
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 confirm, when you lock the old version, that you really mean to create a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 new branch---if you say no, you'll be offered a chance to lock the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 latest version instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1851 Then make your changes and type @kbd{C-x v v} again to check in a new
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 version. This automatically creates a new branch starting from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 selected version. You need not specially request a new branch, because
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 that's the only way to add a new version at a point that is not the head
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 of a branch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 After the branch is created, you ``stay'' on it. That means that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 subsequent check-ins create new versions on that branch. To leave the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 branch, you must explicitly select a different version with @kbd{C-u C-x
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1860 v v}. To transfer changes from one branch to another, use the merge
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 command, described in the next section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 @node Merging
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 @subsubsection Merging Branches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 @cindex merging changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 When you have finished the changes on a certain branch, you will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 often want to incorporate them into the file's main line of development
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 (the trunk). This is not a trivial operation, because development might
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 also have proceeded on the trunk, so that you must @dfn{merge} the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 changes into a file that has already been changed otherwise. VC allows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 you to do this (and other things) with the @code{vc-merge} command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 @item C-x v m (vc-merge)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 Merge changes into the work file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 @kindex C-x v m
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 @findex vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 @kbd{C-x v m} (@code{vc-merge}) takes a set of changes and merges it
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1882 into the current version of the work file. It firsts asks you in the
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1883 minibuffer where the changes should come from. If you just type
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1884 @key{RET}, Emacs merges any changes that were made on the same branch
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1885 since you checked the file out (we call this @dfn{merging the news}).
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1886 This is the common way to pick up recent changes from the repository,
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1887 regardless of whether you have already changed the file yourself.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1888
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1889 You can also enter a branch number or a pair of version numbers in
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1890 the minibuffer. Then @kbd{C-x v m} finds the changes from that
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1891 branch, or the differences between the two versions you specified, and
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1892 merges them into the current version of the current file.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 As an example, suppose that you have finished a certain feature on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 branch 1.3.1. In the meantime, development on the trunk has proceeded
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 to version 1.5. To merge the changes from the branch to the trunk,
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1897 first go to the head version of the trunk, by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v v
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1898 @key{RET}}. Version 1.5 is now current. If locking is used for the file,
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1899 type @kbd{C-x v v} to lock version 1.5 so that you can change it. Next,
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1900 type @kbd{C-x v m 1.3.1 @key{RET}}. This takes the entire set of changes on
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 branch 1.3.1 (relative to version 1.3, where the branch started, up to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 the last version on the branch) and merges it into the current version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 of the work file. You can now check in the changed file, thus creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 version 1.6 containing the changes from the branch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 It is possible to do further editing after merging the branch, before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 the next check-in. But it is usually wiser to check in the merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 version, then lock it and make the further changes. This will keep
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 a better record of the history of changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 @cindex conflicts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 @cindex resolving conflicts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 When you merge changes into a file that has itself been modified, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 changes might overlap. We call this situation a @dfn{conflict}, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 reconciling the conflicting changes is called @dfn{resolving a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 conflict}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 Whenever conflicts occur during merging, VC detects them, tells you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 about them in the echo area, and asks whether you want help in merging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 If you say yes, it starts an Ediff session (@pxref{Top,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 Ediff, Ediff, ediff, The Ediff Manual}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 If you say no, the conflicting changes are both inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 file, surrounded by @dfn{conflict markers}. The example below shows how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 a conflict region looks; the file is called @samp{name} and the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 master file version with user B's changes in it is 1.11.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 @c @w here is so CVS won't think this is a conflict.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 @w{<}<<<<<< name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 @var{User A's version}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 =======
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 @var{User B's version}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 @w{>}>>>>>> 1.11
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 @cindex vc-resolve-conflicts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 Then you can resolve the conflicts by editing the file manually. Or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 you can type @code{M-x vc-resolve-conflicts} after visiting the file.
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1942 This starts an Ediff session, as described above. Don't forget to
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
1943 check in the merged version afterwards.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 @node Multi-User Branching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 @subsubsection Multi-User Branching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 It is often useful for multiple developers to work simultaneously on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 different branches of a file. CVS allows this by default; for RCS, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 is possible if you create multiple source directories. Each source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 directory should have a link named @file{RCS} which points to a common
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 directory of RCS master files. Then each source directory can have its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 own choice of selected versions, but all share the same common RCS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 This technique works reliably and automatically, provided that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 source files contain RCS version headers (@pxref{Version Headers}). The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 headers enable Emacs to be sure, at all times, which version number is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 present in the work file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 If the files do not have version headers, you must instead tell Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 explicitly in each session which branch you are working on. To do this,
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
1963 first find the file, then type @kbd{C-u C-x v v} and specify the correct
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 branch number. This ensures that Emacs knows which branch it is using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 during this particular editing session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1967 @node Remote Repositories
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1968 @subsection Remote Repositories
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1969 @cindex remote repositories (CVS)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1970
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1971 A common way of using CVS is to set up a central CVS repository on
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1972 some Internet host, then have each developer check out a personal
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1973 working copy of the files on his local machine. Committing changes to
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1974 the repository, and picking up changes from other users into one's own
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1975 working area, then works by direct interactions with the CVS server.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1976
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1977 One difficulty is that access to the CVS server is often slow, and
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
1978 that developers might need to work off-line as well. VC is designed
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1979 to reduce the amount of network interaction necessary.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1980
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1981 @menu
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1982 * Version Backups:: Keeping local copies of repository versions.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1983 * Local Version Control:: Using another version system for local editing.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1984 @end menu
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1985
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1986 @node Version Backups
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1987 @subsubsection Version Backups
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1988 @cindex version backups
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1989
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
1990 @cindex automatic version backups
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1991 When VC sees that the CVS repository for a file is on a remote
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1992 machine, it automatically makes local backups of unmodified versions
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1993 of the file---@dfn{automatic version backups}. This means that you
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1994 can compare the file to the repository version (@kbd{C-x v =}), or
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1995 revert to that version (@kbd{C-x v u}), without any network
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1996 interactions.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1997
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1998 The local copy of the unmodified file is called a @dfn{version
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
1999 backup} to indicate that it corresponds exactly to a version that is
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2000 stored in the repository. Note that version backups are not the same
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2001 as ordinary Emacs backup files (@pxref{Backup}). But they follow a
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2002 similar naming convention.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2003
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2004 For a file that comes from a remote CVS repository, VC makes a
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2005 version backup whenever you save the first changes to the file, and
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2006 removes it after you have committed your modified version to the
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2007 repository. You can disable the making of automatic version backups by
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2008 setting @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to @code{nil} (@pxref{CVS Options}).
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2009
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2010 @cindex manual version backups
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2011 The name of the automatic version backup for version @var{version}
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2012 of file @var{file} is @code{@var{file}.~@var{version}.~}. This is
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2013 almost the same as the name used by @kbd{C-x v ~} (@pxref{Old
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2014 Versions}), the only difference being the additional dot (@samp{.})
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2015 after the version number. This similarity is intentional, because
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2016 both kinds of files store the same kind of information. The file made
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2017 by @kbd{C-x v ~} acts as a @dfn{manual version backup}.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2018
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2019 All the VC commands that operate on old versions of a file can use
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2020 both kinds of version backups. For instance, @kbd{C-x v ~} uses
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2021 either an automatic or a manual version backup, if possible, to get
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2022 the contents of the version you request. Likewise, @kbd{C-x v =} and
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2023 @kbd{C-x v u} use either an automatic or a manual version backup, if
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2024 one of them exists, to get the contents of a version to compare or
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2025 revert to. If you changed a file outside of Emacs, so that no
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2026 automatic version backup was created for the previous text, you can
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2027 create a manual backup of that version using @kbd{C-x v ~}, and thus
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2028 obtain the benefit of the local copy for Emacs commands.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2029
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2030 The only difference in Emacs's handling of manual and automatic
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2031 version backups, once they exist, is that Emacs deletes automatic
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2032 version backups when you commit to the repository. By contrast,
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2033 manual version backups remain until you delete them.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2034
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2035 @node Local Version Control
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2036 @subsubsection Local Version Control
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2037 @cindex local version control
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2038 @cindex local back end (version control)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2039
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2040 When you make many changes to a file that comes from a remote
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2041 repository, it can be convenient to have version control on your local
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2042 machine as well. You can then record intermediate versions, revert to
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2043 a previous state, etc., before you actually commit your changes to the
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2044 remote server.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2045
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2046 VC lets you do this by putting a file under a second, local version
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2047 control system, so that the file is effectively registered in two
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2048 systems at the same time. For the description here, we will assume
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2049 that the remote system is CVS, and you use RCS locally, although the
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2050 mechanism works with any combination of version control systems
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2051 (@dfn{back ends}).
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2052
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2053 To make it work with other back ends, you must make sure that the
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2054 ``more local'' back end comes before the ``more remote'' back end in
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2055 the setting of @code{vc-handled-backends} (@pxref{Customizing VC}). By
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2056 default, this variable is set up so that you can use remote CVS and
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2057 local RCS as described here.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2058
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2059 To start using local RCS for a file that comes from a remote CVS
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2060 server, you must @emph{register the file in RCS}, by typing @kbd{C-u
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2061 C-x v v rcs @key{RET}}. (In other words, use @code{vc-next-action} with a
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2062 prefix argument, and specify RCS as the back end.)
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2063
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2064 You can do this at any time; it does not matter whether you have
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2065 already modified the file with respect to the version in the CVS
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2066 repository. If possible, VC tries to make the RCS master start with
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
2067 the unmodified repository version, then checks in any local changes
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2068 as a new version. This works if you have not made any changes yet, or
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2069 if the unmodified repository version exists locally as a version
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2070 backup (@pxref{Version Backups}). If the unmodified version is not
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2071 available locally, the RCS master starts with the modified version;
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
2072 the only drawback to this is that you cannot compare your changes
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2073 locally to what is stored in the repository.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2074
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2075 The version number of the RCS master is derived from the current CVS
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2076 version, starting a branch from it. For example, if the current CVS
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2077 version is 1.23, the local RCS branch will be 1.23.1. Version 1.23 in
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2078 the RCS master will be identical to version 1.23 under CVS; your first
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2079 changes are checked in as 1.23.1.1. (If the unmodified file is not
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2080 available locally, VC will check in the modified file twice, both as
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2081 1.23 and 1.23.1.1, to make the revision numbers consistent.)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2082
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2083 If you do not use locking under CVS (the default), locking is also
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2084 disabled for RCS, so that editing under RCS works exactly as under
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2085 CVS.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2086
36728
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2087 When you are done with local editing, you can commit the final version
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2088 back to the CVS repository by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v v cvs @key{RET}}.
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2089 This initializes the log entry buffer (@pxref{Log Buffer}) to contain
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2090 all the log entries you have recorded in the RCS master; you can edit
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2091 them as you wish, and then commit in CVS by typing @kbd{C-c C-c}. If
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2092 the commit is successful, VC removes the RCS master, so that the file
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2093 is once again registered under CVS only. (The RCS master is not
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2094 actually deleted, just renamed by appending @samp{~} to the name, so
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2095 that you can refer to it later if you wish.)
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2096
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2097 While using local RCS, you can pick up recent changes from the CVS
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2098 repository into your local file, or commit some of your changes back
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2099 to CVS, without terminating local RCS version control. To do this,
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
2100 switch to the CVS back end temporarily, with the @kbd{C-x v b} command:
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2101
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2102 @table @kbd
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2103 @item C-x v b
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2104 Switch to another back end that the current file is registered
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2105 under (@code{vc-switch-backend}).
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2106
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2107 @item C-u C-x v b @var{backend} @key{RET}
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2108 Switch to @var{backend} for the current file.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2109 @end table
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2110
36360
0774daebf700 (Local Version Control): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36356
diff changeset
2111 @kindex C-x v b
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2112 @findex vc-switch-backend
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2113 @kbd{C-x v b} does not change the buffer contents, or any files; it
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2114 only changes VC's perspective on how to handle the file. Any
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2115 subsequent VC commands for that file will operate on the back end that
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2116 is currently selected.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2117
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2118 If the current file is registered in more than one back end, typing
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2119 @kbd{C-x v b} ``cycles'' through all of these back ends. With a
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2120 prefix argument, it asks for the back end to use in the minibuffer.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2121
36728
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2122 Thus, if you are using local RCS, and you want to pick up some recent
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2123 changes in the file from remote CVS, first visit the file, then type
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2124 @kbd{C-x v b} to switch to CVS, and finally use @kbd{C-x v m
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2125 @key{RET}} to merge the news (@pxref{Merging}). You can then switch
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2126 back to RCS by typing @kbd{C-x v b} again, and continue to edit
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2127 locally.
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2128
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2129 But if you do this, the revision numbers in the RCS master no longer
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2130 correspond to those of CVS. Technically, this is not a problem, but
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2131 it can become difficult to keep track of what is in the CVS repository
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2132 and what is not. So we suggest that you return from time to time to
4906c8088ad5 Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36547
diff changeset
2133 CVS-only operation, using @kbd{C-u C-x v v cvs @key{RET}}.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2134
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 @node Snapshots
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 @subsection Snapshots
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 @cindex snapshots and version control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 A @dfn{snapshot} is a named set of file versions (one for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 registered file) that you can treat as a unit. One important kind of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 snapshot is a @dfn{release}, a (theoretically) stable version of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 system that is ready for distribution to users.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 * Making Snapshots:: The snapshot facilities.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 * Snapshot Caveats:: Things to be careful of when using snapshots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 @node Making Snapshots
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 @subsubsection Making and Using Snapshots
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 There are two basic commands for snapshots; one makes a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 snapshot with a given name, the other retrieves a named snapshot.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 @kindex C-x v s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 @findex vc-create-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 @item C-x v s @var{name} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 Define the last saved versions of every registered file in or under the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 current directory as a snapshot named @var{name}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 (@code{vc-create-snapshot}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 @kindex C-x v r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 @findex vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 @item C-x v r @var{name} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 For all registered files at or below the current directory level, select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 whatever versions correspond to the snapshot @var{name}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 (@code{vc-retrieve-snapshot}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 This command reports an error if any files are locked at or below the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 current directory, without changing anything; this is to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 overwriting work in progress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 A snapshot uses a very small amount of resources---just enough to record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 the list of file names and which version belongs to the snapshot. Thus,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 you need not hesitate to create snapshots whenever they are useful.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 You can give a snapshot name as an argument to @kbd{C-x v =} or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 @kbd{C-x v ~} (@pxref{Old Versions}). Thus, you can use it to compare a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 snapshot against the current files, or two snapshots against each other,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 or a snapshot against a named version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 @node Snapshot Caveats
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 @subsubsection Snapshot Caveats
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 @cindex named configurations (RCS)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 VC's snapshot facilities are modeled on RCS's named-configuration
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 support. They use RCS's native facilities for this, so under VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 snapshots made using RCS are visible even when you bypass VC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 @c worded verbosely to avoid overfull hbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 For SCCS, VC implements snapshots itself. The files it uses contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 name/file/version-number triples. These snapshots are visible only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 through VC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 A snapshot is a set of checked-in versions. So make sure that all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 files are checked in and not locked when you make a snapshot.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 File renaming and deletion can create some difficulties with snapshots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 This is not a VC-specific problem, but a general design issue in version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 control systems that no one has solved very well yet.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 If you rename a registered file, you need to rename its master along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 with it (the command @code{vc-rename-file} does this automatically). If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 you are using SCCS, you must also update the records of the snapshot, to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 mention the file by its new name (@code{vc-rename-file} does this,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 too). An old snapshot that refers to a master file that no longer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 exists under the recorded name is invalid; VC can no longer retrieve
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 it. It would be beyond the scope of this manual to explain enough about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 RCS and SCCS to explain how to update the snapshots by hand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 Using @code{vc-rename-file} makes the snapshot remain valid for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 retrieval, but it does not solve all problems. For example, some of the
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
2215 files in your program probably refer to others by name. At the very
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 least, the makefile probably mentions the file that you renamed. If you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 retrieve an old snapshot, the renamed file is retrieved under its new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 name, which is not the name that the makefile expects. So the program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 won't really work as retrieved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 @node Miscellaneous VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 @subsection Miscellaneous Commands and Features of VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 This section explains the less-frequently-used features of VC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 * Change Logs and VC:: Generating a change log file from log entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 * Renaming and VC:: A command to rename both the source and master
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 file correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 * Version Headers:: Inserting version control headers into working files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 @node Change Logs and VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 @subsubsection Change Logs and VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 If you use RCS or CVS for a program and also maintain a change log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 file for it (@pxref{Change Log}), you can generate change log entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 automatically from the version control log entries:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 @item C-x v a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 @kindex C-x v a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 @findex vc-update-change-log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 Visit the current directory's change log file and, for registered files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 in that directory, create new entries for versions checked in since the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 most recent entry in the change log file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 (@code{vc-update-change-log}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 This command works with RCS or CVS only, not with SCCS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 @item C-u C-x v a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 As above, but only find entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 @item M-1 C-x v a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 As above, but find entries for all the currently visited files that are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 maintained with version control. This works only with RCS, and it puts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 all entries in the log for the default directory, which may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 For example, suppose the first line of @file{ChangeLog} is dated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 1999-04-10, and that the only check-in since then was by Nathaniel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 Bowditch to @file{rcs2log} on 1999-05-22 with log text @samp{Ignore log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 messages that start with `#'.}. Then @kbd{C-x v a} visits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 @file{ChangeLog} and inserts text like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 1999-05-22 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 * rcs2log: Ignore log messages that start with `#'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 You can then edit the new change log entry further as you wish.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
2284 Some of the new change log entries may duplicate what's already in
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2285 ChangeLog. You will have to remove these duplicates by hand.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 Normally, the log entry for file @file{foo} is displayed as @samp{*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 foo: @var{text of log entry}}. The @samp{:} after @file{foo} is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 if the text of the log entry starts with @w{@samp{(@var{functionname}):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 }}. For example, if the log entry for @file{vc.el} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 @samp{(vc-do-command): Check call-process status.}, then the text in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 @file{ChangeLog} looks like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 1999-05-06 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 * vc.el (vc-do-command): Check call-process status.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 When @kbd{C-x v a} adds several change log entries at once, it groups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 related log entries together if they all are checked in by the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 author at nearly the same time. If the log entries for several such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 files all have the same text, it coalesces them into a single entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 For example, suppose the most recent check-ins have the following log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 entries:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 @flushleft
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 @bullet{} For @file{vc.texinfo}: @samp{Fix expansion typos.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 @bullet{} For @file{vc.el}: @samp{Don't call expand-file-name.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 @bullet{} For @file{vc-hooks.el}: @samp{Don't call expand-file-name.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 @end flushleft
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 They appear like this in @file{ChangeLog}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 1999-04-01 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 Normally, @kbd{C-x v a} separates log entries by a blank line, but you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 can mark several related log entries to be clumped together (without an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 intervening blank line) by starting the text of each related log entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 with a label of the form @w{@samp{@{@var{clumpname}@} }}. The label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 itself is not copied to @file{ChangeLog}. For example, suppose the log
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 entries are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 @flushleft
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 @bullet{} For @file{vc.texinfo}: @samp{@{expand@} Fix expansion typos.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 @bullet{} For @file{vc.el}: @samp{@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 @bullet{} For @file{vc-hooks.el}: @samp{@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 @end flushleft
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 Then the text in @file{ChangeLog} looks like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 @smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 1999-04-01 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 @end smallexample
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 @medbreak
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 A log entry whose text begins with @samp{#} is not copied to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 @file{ChangeLog}. For example, if you merely fix some misspellings in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 comments, you can log the change with an entry beginning with @samp{#}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 to avoid putting such trivia into @file{ChangeLog}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 @node Renaming and VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 @subsubsection Renaming VC Work Files and Master Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 @findex vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 When you rename a registered file, you must also rename its master
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 file correspondingly to get proper results. Use @code{vc-rename-file}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 to rename the source file as you specify, and rename its master file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 accordingly. It also updates any snapshots (@pxref{Snapshots}) that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 mention the file, so that they use the new name; despite this, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 snapshot thus modified may not completely work (@pxref{Snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 Caveats}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 You cannot use @code{vc-rename-file} on a file that is locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 someone else.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 @node Version Headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 @subsubsection Inserting Version Control Headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 Sometimes it is convenient to put version identification strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 directly into working files. Certain special strings called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 @dfn{version headers} are replaced in each successive version by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 number of that version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 If you are using RCS, and version headers are present in your working
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 files, Emacs can use them to determine the current version and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 locking state of the files. This is more reliable than referring to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 master files, which is done when there are no version headers. Note
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 that in a multi-branch environment, version headers are necessary to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 make VC behave correctly (@pxref{Multi-User Branching}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 Searching for version headers is controlled by the variable
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2407 @code{vc-consult-headers}. If it is non-@code{nil} (the default),
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2408 Emacs searches for headers to determine the version number you are
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2409 editing. Setting it to @code{nil} disables this feature.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 @kindex C-x v h
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 @findex vc-insert-headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 You can use the @kbd{C-x v h} command (@code{vc-insert-headers}) to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 insert a suitable header string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 @item C-x v h
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 @vindex vc-header-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 The default header string is @samp{@w{$}Id$} for RCS and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 @samp{@w{%}W%} for SCCS. You can specify other headers to insert by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 setting the variable @code{vc-header-alist}. Its value is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 elements of the form @code{(@var{program} . @var{string})} where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 @var{program} is @code{RCS} or @code{SCCS} and @var{string} is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 string to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 Instead of a single string, you can specify a list of strings; then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 each string in the list is inserted as a separate header on a line of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 its own.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2433 It is often necessary to use ``superfluous'' backslashes when
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2434 writing the strings that you put in this variable. For instance, you
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2435 might write @code{"$Id\$"} rather than @code{"$Id@w{$}"}. The extra
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2436 backslash prevents the string constant from being interpreted as a
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2437 header, if the Emacs Lisp file containing it is maintained with
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2438 version control.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 @vindex vc-comment-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 Each header is inserted surrounded by tabs, inside comment delimiters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 on a new line at point. Normally the ordinary comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 start and comment end strings of the current mode are used, but for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 certain modes, there are special comment delimiters for this purpose;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 the variable @code{vc-comment-alist} specifies them. Each element of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 this list has the form @code{(@var{mode} @var{starter} @var{ender})}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 @vindex vc-static-header-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 The variable @code{vc-static-header-alist} specifies further strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 to add based on the name of the buffer. Its value should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 elements of the form @code{(@var{regexp} . @var{format})}. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 @var{regexp} matches the buffer name, @var{format} is inserted as part
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 of the header. A header line is inserted for each element that matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 the buffer name, and for each string specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 @code{vc-header-alist}. The header line is made by processing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 string from @code{vc-header-alist} with the format taken from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 element. The default value for @code{vc-static-header-alist} is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 (("\\.c$" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 "\n#ifndef lint\nstatic char vcid[] = \"\%s\";\n\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 #endif /* lint */\n"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 It specifies insertion of text of this form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 #ifndef lint
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 static char vcid[] = "@var{string}";
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 #endif /* lint */
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 Note that the text above starts with a blank line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 If you use more than one version header in a file, put them close
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 together in the file. The mechanism in @code{revert-buffer} that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 preserves markers may not handle markers positioned between two version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 @node Customizing VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 @subsection Customizing VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2490 @vindex vc-handled-backends
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2491 The variable @code{vc-handled-backends} determines which version
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2492 control systems VC should handle. The default value is @code{(RCS CVS
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2493 SCCS)}, so it contains all three version systems that are currently
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2494 supported. If you want VC to ignore one or more of these systems,
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2495 exclude its name from the list.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2496
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2497 The order of systems in the list is significant: when you visit a file
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2498 registered in more than one system (@pxref{Local Version Control}),
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2499 VC uses the system that comes first in @code{vc-handled-backends} by
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2500 default. The order is also significant when you register a file for
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2501 the first time, @pxref{Registering} for details.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 @menu
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2504 * General VC Options:: Options that apply to multiple back ends.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2505 * RCS and SCCS:: Options for RCS and SCCS.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2506 * CVS Options:: Options for CVS.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2509 @node General VC Options
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2510 @subsubsection General Options
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 @vindex vc-make-backup-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 Emacs normally does not save backup files for source files that are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 maintained with version control. If you want to make backup files even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 for files that use version control, set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 @code{vc-make-backup-files} to a non-@code{nil} value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 @vindex vc-keep-workfiles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 Normally the work file exists all the time, whether it is locked or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 not. If you set @code{vc-keep-workfiles} to @code{nil}, then checking
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
2521 in a new version with @kbd{C-x v v} deletes the work file; but any
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 attempt to visit the file with Emacs creates it again. (With CVS, work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 files are always kept.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 @vindex vc-follow-symlinks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 Editing a version-controlled file through a symbolic link can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 dangerous. It bypasses the version control system---you can edit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 file without locking it, and fail to check your changes in. Also,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 your changes might overwrite those of another user. To protect against
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 this, VC checks each symbolic link that you visit, to see if it points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 to a file under version control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 The variable @code{vc-follow-symlinks} controls what to do when a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 symbolic link points to a version-controlled file. If it is @code{nil},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 VC only displays a warning message. If it is @code{t}, VC automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 follows the link, and visits the real file instead, telling you about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 this in the echo area. If the value is @code{ask} (the default), VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 asks you each time whether to follow the link.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 @vindex vc-suppress-confirm
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
2541 If @code{vc-suppress-confirm} is non-@code{nil}, then @kbd{C-x v v}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 and @kbd{C-x v i} can save the current buffer without asking, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 @kbd{C-x v u} also operates without asking for confirmation. (This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 variable does not affect @kbd{C-x v c}; that operation is so drastic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 that it should always ask for confirmation.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 @vindex vc-command-messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 VC mode does much of its work by running the shell commands for RCS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 CVS and SCCS. If @code{vc-command-messages} is non-@code{nil}, VC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 displays messages to indicate which shell commands it runs, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 additional messages when the commands finish.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 @vindex vc-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 You can specify additional directories to search for version control
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2555 programs by setting the variable @code{vc-path}. These directories
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2556 are searched before the usual search path. It is rarely necessary to
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2557 set this variable, because VC normally finds the proper files
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2558 automatically.
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2559
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2560 @node RCS and SCCS
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2561 @subsubsection Options for RCS and SCCS
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2562
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2563 @cindex non-strict locking (RCS)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2564 @cindex locking, non-strict (RCS)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2565 By default, RCS uses locking to coordinate the activities of several
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2566 users, but there is a mode called @dfn{non-strict locking} in which
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2567 you can check-in changes without locking the file first. Use
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2568 @samp{rcs -U} to switch to non-strict locking for a particular file,
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
2569 see the @code{rcs} manual page for details.
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2570
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2571 When deducing the version control state of an RCS file, VC first
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2572 looks for an RCS version header string in the file (@pxref{Version
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2573 Headers}). If there is no header string, VC normally looks at the
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2574 file permissions of the work file; this is fast. But there might be
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2575 situations when the file permissions cannot be trusted. In this case
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2576 the master file has to be consulted, which is rather expensive. Also
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2577 the master file can only tell you @emph{if} there's any lock on the
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2578 file, but not whether your work file really contains that locked
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2579 version.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2580
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2581 @vindex vc-consult-headers
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2582 You can tell VC not to use version headers to determine the file
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2583 status by setting @code{vc-consult-headers} to @code{nil}. VC then
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2584 always uses the file permissions (if it is supposed to trust them), or
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2585 else checks the master file.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2586
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2587 @vindex vc-mistrust-permissions
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2588 You can specify the criterion for whether to trust the file
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2589 permissions by setting the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions}.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2590 Its value can be @code{t} (always mistrust the file permissions and
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2591 check the master file), @code{nil} (always trust the file
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2592 permissions), or a function of one argument which makes the decision.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2593 The argument is the directory name of the @file{RCS} subdirectory. A
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2594 non-@code{nil} value from the function says to mistrust the file
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2595 permissions. If you find that the file permissions of work files are
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2596 changed erroneously, set @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} to @code{t}.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2597 Then VC always checks the master file to determine the file's status.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2598
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2599 VC determines the version control state of files under SCCS much as
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2600 with RCS. It does not consider SCCS version headers, though. Thus,
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2601 the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} affects SCCS use, but
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2602 @code{vc-consult-headers} does not.
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2603
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2604 @node CVS Options
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2605 @subsubsection Options specific for CVS
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2606
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2607 @cindex locking (CVS)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2608 By default, CVS does not use locking to coordinate the activities of
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2609 several users; anyone can change a work file at any time. However,
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2610 there are ways to restrict this, resulting in behavior that resembles
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2611 locking.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2612
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2613 @cindex CVSREAD environment variable (CVS)
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2614 For one thing, you can set the @env{CVSREAD} environment variable
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2615 (the value you use makes no difference). If this variable is defined,
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2616 CVS makes your work files read-only by default. In Emacs, you must
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
2617 type @kbd{C-x v v} to make the file writable, so that editing works
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2618 in fact similar as if locking was used. Note however, that no actual
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
2619 locking is performed, so several users can make their files writable
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2620 at the same time. When setting @env{CVSREAD} for the first time, make
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2621 sure to check out all your modules anew, so that the file protections
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2622 are set correctly.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2623
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2624 @cindex cvs watch feature
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2625 @cindex watching files (CVS)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2626 Another way to achieve something similar to locking is to use the
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2627 @dfn{watch} feature of CVS. If a file is being watched, CVS makes it
46458
7e33dc6a6f56 Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46384
diff changeset
2628 read-only by default, and you must also use @kbd{C-x v v} in Emacs to
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
2629 make it writable. VC calls @code{cvs edit} to make the file writable,
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2630 and CVS takes care to notify other developers of the fact that you
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2631 intend to change the file. See the CVS documentation for details on
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2632 using the watch feature.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2633
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2634 @vindex vc-cvs-stay-local
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2635 @cindex remote repositories (CVS)
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2636 When a file's repository is on a remote machine, VC tries to keep
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2637 network interactions to a minimum. This is controlled by the variable
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2638 @code{vc-cvs-stay-local}. If it is @code{t} (the default), then VC uses
36356
a10bf38295d2 (CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36355
diff changeset
2639 only the entry in the local CVS subdirectory to determine the file's
a10bf38295d2 (CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36355
diff changeset
2640 state (and possibly information returned by previous CVS commands). One
a10bf38295d2 (CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36355
diff changeset
2641 consequence of this is that when you have modified a file, and somebody
a10bf38295d2 (CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36355
diff changeset
2642 else has already checked in other changes to the file, you are not
a10bf38295d2 (CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36355
diff changeset
2643 notified of it until you actually try to commit. (But you can try to
a10bf38295d2 (CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36355
diff changeset
2644 pick up any recent changes from the repository first, using @kbd{C-x v m
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2645 @key{RET}}, @pxref{Merging}).
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2646
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2647 @vindex vc-cvs-global-switches
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2648 The variable @code{vc-cvs-global-switches} should be a string
46918
82d113655734 Minor spelling and grammar corrections.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 46458
diff changeset
2649 specifying switches to pass to CVS for all CVS operations.
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2650
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2651 When @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} is @code{t}, VC also makes local
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2652 version backups, so that simple diff and revert operations are
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2653 completely local (@pxref{Version Backups}).
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2654
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2655 On the other hand, if you set @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to @code{nil},
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2656 then VC queries the remote repository @emph{before} it decides what to
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2657 do in @code{vc-next-action} (@kbd{C-x v v}), just as it does for local
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2658 repositories. It also does not make any version backups.
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2659
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2660 You can also set @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to a regular expression
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
2661 that is matched against the repository host name; VC then stays local
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2662 only for repositories from hosts that match the pattern.
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36327
diff changeset
2663
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 @node Directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 @section File Directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 @cindex file directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 @cindex directory listing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 The file system groups files into @dfn{directories}. A @dfn{directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 listing} is a list of all the files in a directory. Emacs provides
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 commands to create and delete directories, and to make directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 listings in brief format (file names only) and verbose format (sizes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 dates, and authors included). There is also a directory browser called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 Dired; see @ref{Dired}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 @item C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 Display a brief directory listing (@code{list-directory}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 @item C-u C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 Display a verbose directory listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 @item M-x make-directory @key{RET} @var{dirname} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 Create a new directory named @var{dirname}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 @item M-x delete-directory @key{RET} @var{dirname} @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 Delete the directory named @var{dirname}. It must be empty,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 or you get an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 @findex list-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 @kindex C-x C-d
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 The command to display a directory listing is @kbd{C-x C-d}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 (@code{list-directory}). It reads using the minibuffer a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 which is either a directory to be listed or a wildcard-containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 pattern for the files to be listed. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 C-x C-d /u2/emacs/etc @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 lists all the files in directory @file{/u2/emacs/etc}. Here is an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 example of specifying a file name pattern:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 C-x C-d /u2/emacs/src/*.c @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706
38870
d44abb4e68b2 Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38768
diff changeset
2707 Normally, @kbd{C-x C-d} displays a brief directory listing containing
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 just file names. A numeric argument (regardless of value) tells it to
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2709 make a verbose listing including sizes, dates, and owners (like
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 @samp{ls -l}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 @vindex list-directory-brief-switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 @vindex list-directory-verbose-switches
46212
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2714 The text of a directory listing is mostly obtained by running
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2715 @code{ls} in an inferior process. Two Emacs variables control the
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2716 switches passed to @code{ls}: @code{list-directory-brief-switches} is
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2717 a string giving the switches to use in brief listings (@code{"-CF"} by
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2718 default), and @code{list-directory-verbose-switches} is a string
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2719 giving the switches to use in a verbose listing (@code{"-l"} by
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2720 default).
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2721
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2722 @vindex directory-free-space-program
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2723 @vindex directory-free-space-args
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2724 Emacs adds information about the amount of free space on the disk
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2725 that contains the directory. To do this, it runs the program
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2726 specified by @code{directory-free-space-program} with arguments
895fd595b5fb Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2727 @code{directory-free-space-args}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 @node Comparing Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 @section Comparing Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 @cindex comparing files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 @findex diff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 @vindex diff-switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 The command @kbd{M-x diff} compares two files, displaying the
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2736 differences in an Emacs buffer named @samp{*diff*}. It works by
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2737 running the @code{diff} program, using options taken from the variable
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2738 @code{diff-switches}. The value of @code{diff-switches} should be a
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2739 string; the default is @code{"-c"} to specify a context diff.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2741 The buffer @samp{*diff*} has Compilation mode as its major mode, so
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 you can use @kbd{C-x `} to visit successive changed locations in the two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 source files. You can also move to a particular hunk of changes and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 type @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c}, or click @kbd{Mouse-2} on it, to move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 to the corresponding source location. You can also use the other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 special commands of Compilation mode: @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 scrolling, and @kbd{M-p} and @kbd{M-n} for cursor motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 @xref{Compilation}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 @findex diff-backup
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 The command @kbd{M-x diff-backup} compares a specified file with its most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 recent backup. If you specify the name of a backup file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 @code{diff-backup} compares it with the source file that it is a backup
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 of.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 @findex compare-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 The command @kbd{M-x compare-windows} compares the text in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 window with that in the next window. Comparison starts at point in each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 window, and each starting position is pushed on the mark ring in its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 respective buffer. Then point moves forward in each window, a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 at a time, until a mismatch between the two windows is reached. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 the command is finished. For more information about windows in Emacs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 @ref{Windows}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 @vindex compare-ignore-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 With a numeric argument, @code{compare-windows} ignores changes in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 whitespace. If the variable @code{compare-ignore-case} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 non-@code{nil}, it ignores differences in case as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2770 @findex diff-mode
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2771 @cindex diffs
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2772 @cindex patches
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2773 @cindex Diff mode
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2774 Differences between versions of files are often distributed as
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2775 @dfn{patches}, which are the output from @command{diff} or a version
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2776 control system that uses @command{diff}. @kbd{M-x diff-mode} turns on
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2777 Diff mode, a major mode for viewing and editing patches, either as
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2778 ``unified diffs'' or ``context diffs.''
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2779
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2780 @cindex Smerge mode
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2781 @findex smerge-mode
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2782 @cindex failed merges
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2783 @cindex merges, failed
36274
91f2160d4468 Remove two more redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36263
diff changeset
2784 @cindex comparing 3 files (@code{diff3})
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2785 You can use @kbd{M-x smerge-mode} to turn on Smerge mode, a minor
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2786 mode for editing output from the @command{diff3} program. This is
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2787 typically the result of a failed merge from a version control system
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2788 ``update'' outside VC, due to conflicting changes to a file. Smerge
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2789 mode provides commands to resolve conflicts by selecting specific
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2790 changes.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2791
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2792 See also @ref{Emerge}, and @ref{Top,,, ediff, The Ediff Manual}, for
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2793 convenient facilities for merging two similar files.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 @node Misc File Ops
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 @section Miscellaneous File Operations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 Emacs has commands for performing many other operations on files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 All operate on one file; they do not accept wildcard file names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 @findex view-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 @cindex viewing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 @cindex View mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 @cindex mode, View
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 @kbd{M-x view-file} allows you to scan or read a file by sequential
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 screenfuls. It reads a file name argument using the minibuffer. After
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 reading the file into an Emacs buffer, @code{view-file} displays the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 beginning. You can then type @key{SPC} to scroll forward one windowful,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 or @key{DEL} to scroll backward. Various other commands are provided
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 for moving around in the file, but none for changing it; type @kbd{?}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 while viewing for a list of them. They are mostly the same as normal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 Emacs cursor motion commands. To exit from viewing, type @kbd{q}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 The commands for viewing are defined by a special major mode called View
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 A related command, @kbd{M-x view-buffer}, views a buffer already present
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 in Emacs. @xref{Misc Buffer}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2819 @kindex C-x i
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 @findex insert-file
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2821 @kbd{M-x insert-file} (also @kbd{C-x i}) inserts a copy of the
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2822 contents of the specified file into the current buffer at point,
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2823 leaving point unchanged before the contents and the mark after them.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 @findex write-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 @kbd{M-x write-region} is the inverse of @kbd{M-x insert-file}; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 copies the contents of the region into the specified file. @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 append-to-file} adds the text of the region to the end of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 file. @xref{Accumulating Text}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 @findex delete-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 @cindex deletion (of files)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 @kbd{M-x delete-file} deletes the specified file, like the @code{rm}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 command in the shell. If you are deleting many files in one directory, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 may be more convenient to use Dired (@pxref{Dired}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 @findex rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 @kbd{M-x rename-file} reads two file names @var{old} and @var{new} using
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2839 the minibuffer, then renames file @var{old} as @var{new}. If the file name
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 @var{new} already exists, you must confirm with @kbd{yes} or renaming is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 done; this is because renaming causes the old meaning of the name @var{new}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 to be lost. If @var{old} and @var{new} are on different file systems, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 file @var{old} is copied and deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 @findex add-name-to-file
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2846 @cindex hard links (creation)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 The similar command @kbd{M-x add-name-to-file} is used to add an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 additional name to an existing file without removing its old name.
38739
7055d897b6bb Many minor cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 38310
diff changeset
2849 The new name is created as a ``hard link'' to the existing file.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 The new name must belong on the same file system that the file is on.
37349
9aada84f08c8 Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37315
diff changeset
2851 On Windows, this command works only if the file resides in an NTFS
9aada84f08c8 Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37315
diff changeset
2852 file system. On MS-DOS, it works by copying the file.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 @findex copy-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 @cindex copying files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 @kbd{M-x copy-file} reads the file @var{old} and writes a new file named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 @var{new} with the same contents. Confirmation is required if a file named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 @var{new} already exists, because copying has the consequence of overwriting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 the old contents of the file @var{new}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 @findex make-symbolic-link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 @kbd{M-x make-symbolic-link} reads two file names @var{target} and
38064
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
2863 @var{linkname}, then creates a symbolic link named @var{linkname}, which
b8ea59337400 Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38020
diff changeset
2864 points at @var{target}. The effect is that future attempts to open file
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 @var{linkname} will refer to whatever file is named @var{target} at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 time the opening is done, or will get an error if the name @var{target} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 not in use at that time. This command does not expand the argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 @var{target}, so that it allows you to specify a relative name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 as the target of the link.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 Confirmation is required when creating the link if @var{linkname} is
37349
9aada84f08c8 Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37315
diff changeset
2872 in use. Note that not all systems support symbolic links; on systems
9aada84f08c8 Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37315
diff changeset
2873 that don't support them, this command is not defined.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 @node Compressed Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 @section Accessing Compressed Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 @cindex compression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 @cindex uncompression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 @cindex Auto Compression mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 @cindex mode, Auto Compression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 @pindex gzip
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 @findex auto-compression-mode
28123
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2884 @vindex auto-compression-mode
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 Emacs comes with a library that can automatically uncompress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 compressed files when you visit them, and automatically recompress them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 if you alter them and save them. To enable this feature, type the
28123
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2888 command @kbd{M-x auto-compression-mode}. You can enable it permanently
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2889 by customizing the option @code{auto-compression-mode}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 When automatic compression (which implies automatic uncompression as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 well) is enabled, Emacs recognizes compressed files by their file names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 File names ending in @samp{.gz} indicate a file compressed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 @code{gzip}. Other endings indicate other compression programs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 Automatic uncompression and compression apply to all the operations in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 which Emacs uses the contents of a file. This includes visiting it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 saving it, inserting its contents into a buffer, loading it, and byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 compiling it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900
28123
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2901 @node File Archives
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2902 @section File Archives
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2903 @cindex mode, tar
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2904 @cindex Tar mode
36274
91f2160d4468 Remove two more redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36263
diff changeset
2905 @cindex file archives
29683
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2906
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2907 A file whose name ends in @samp{.tar} is normally an @dfn{archive}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2908 made by the @code{tar} program. Emacs views these files in a special
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2909 mode called Tar mode which provides a Dired-like list of the contents
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2910 (@pxref{Dired}). You can move around through the list just as you
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2911 would in Dired, and visit the subfiles contained in the archive.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2912 However, not all Dired commands are available in Tar mode.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2913
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2914 If you enable Auto Compression mode (@pxref{Compressed Files}), then
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2915 Tar mode is used also for compressed archives---files with extensions
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2916 @samp{.tgz}, @code{.tar.Z} and @code{.tar.gz}.
29683
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2917
36385
d7ca85bd6906 Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36360
diff changeset
2918 The keys @kbd{e}, @kbd{f} and @key{RET} all extract a component file
29683
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2919 into its own buffer. You can edit it there and when you save the buffer
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2920 the edited version will replace the version in the Tar buffer. @kbd{v}
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2921 extracts a file into a buffer in View mode. @kbd{o} extracts the file
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2922 and displays it in another window, so you could edit the file and
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2923 operate on the archive simultaneously. @kbd{d} marks a file for
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2924 deletion when you later use @kbd{x}, and @kbd{u} unmarks a file, as in
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2925 Dired. @kbd{C} copies a file from the archive to disk and @kbd{R}
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2926 renames a file. @kbd{g} reverts the buffer from the archive on disk.
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2927
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2928 The keys @kbd{M}, @kbd{G}, and @kbd{O} change the file's permission
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2929 bits, group, and owner, respectively.
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2930
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2931 If your display supports colors and the mouse, moving the mouse
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2932 pointer across a file name highlights that file name, indicating that
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2933 you can click on it. Clicking @kbd{Mouse-2} on the highlighted file
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2934 name extracts the file into a buffer and displays that buffer.
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2935
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2936 Saving the Tar buffer writes a new version of the archive to disk with
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2937 the changes you made to the components.
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2938
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2939 You don't need the @code{tar} program to use Tar mode---Emacs reads
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2940 the archives directly. However, accessing compressed archives
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2941 requires the appropriate uncompression program.
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
2942
28123
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2943 @cindex Archive mode
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2944 @cindex mode, archive
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2945 @cindex @code{arc}
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2946 @cindex @code{jar}
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2947 @cindex @code{zip}
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2948 @cindex @code{lzh}
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2949 @cindex @code{zoo}
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2950 @pindex arc
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2951 @pindex jar
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2952 @pindex zip
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2953 @pindex lzh
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2954 @pindex zoo
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2955 @cindex Java class archives
29683
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2956 @cindex unzip archives
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2957 A separate but similar Archive mode is used for archives produced by
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2958 the programs @code{arc}, @code{jar}, @code{lzh}, @code{zip}, and
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2959 @code{zoo}, which have extensions corresponding to the program names.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2960
39263
343d48d4e64c Spelling corrections.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 39163
diff changeset
2961 The key bindings of Archive mode are similar to those in Tar mode,
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2962 with the addition of the @kbd{m} key which marks a file for subsequent
29683
324386e590b7 (File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 29556
diff changeset
2963 operations, and @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} which unmarks all the marked files.
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2964 Also, the @kbd{a} key toggles the display of detailed file
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2965 information, for those archive types where it won't fit in a single
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2966 line. Operations such as renaming a subfile, or changing its mode or
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2967 owner, are supported only for some of the archive formats.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2968
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2969 Unlike Tar mode, Archive mode runs the archiving program to unpack
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2970 and repack archives. Details of the program names and their options
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
2971 can be set in the @samp{Archive} Customize group. However, you don't
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2972 need these programs to look at the archive table of contents, only to
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
2973 extract or manipulate the subfiles in the archive.
28123
6e2e72ee55a6 (Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26105
diff changeset
2974
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 @node Remote Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976 @section Remote Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977
45892
58c783d19649 @node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 44717
diff changeset
2978 @cindex Tramp
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 @cindex FTP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980 @cindex remote file access
46346
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2981 You can refer to files on other machines using a special file name
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2982 syntax:
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 /@var{host}:@var{filename}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 /@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}
26105
c881de80a22b Mention vc-ignore-vc-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2988 /@var{user}@@@var{host}#@var{port}:@var{filename}
46346
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2989 /@var{method}:@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2990 /@var{method}:@var{user}@@@var{host}#@var{port}:@var{filename}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 @noindent
46346
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2995 When you do this, Emacs may use the FTP program to access files on the
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2996 remote host, or Emacs may use a remote-login program (such as
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2997 @command{ssh}, @command{rlogin}, or @command{telnet}) to do this.
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2998
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
2999 You can always specify in the file name which method should be used to
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3000 access the remote files, for example
46384
ada0f3c60c22 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46346
diff changeset
3001 @file{/ftp:@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}} uses FTP, whereas
47001
66b6d19633ed Remote files: new default method for Tramp is ssh, not sm.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46918
diff changeset
3002 @file{/ssh:@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}} uses @command{ssh}.
46384
ada0f3c60c22 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46346
diff changeset
3003 When you don't specify a method in the file name, Emacs determines a
ada0f3c60c22 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46346
diff changeset
3004 default method according to the following rules:
46346
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3005
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3006 @enumerate
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3007 @item
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3008 If the host name starts with @samp{ftp.} (with dot), then Emacs assumes
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3009 the @command{ftp} method.
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3010 @item
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3011 If the user name is @samp{ftp} or @samp{anonymous}, then Emacs assumes
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3012 the @command{ftp} method.
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3013 @item
47001
66b6d19633ed Remote files: new default method for Tramp is ssh, not sm.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46918
diff changeset
3014 Otherwise, Emacs assumes the @command{ssh} method.
46346
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3015 @end enumerate
45892
58c783d19649 @node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 44717
diff changeset
3016
58c783d19649 @node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 44717
diff changeset
3017 @noindent
46346
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3018 Remote file access through FTP is handled by the Ange-FTP package, which
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3019 is documented in the following. Remote file access through the other
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3020 methods is handled by the Tramp package, which has its own manual.
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3021 @xref{Top, The Tramp Manual,, tramp, The Tramp Manual}.
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3022
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3023 When the Ange-FTP package is used, Emacs logs in through FTP using your
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3024 user name or the name @var{user}. It may ask you for a password from
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3025 time to time; this is used for logging in on @var{host}. The form using
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3026 @var{port} allows you to access servers running on a non-default TCP
49f06e689a20 * files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 46215
diff changeset
3027 port.
45892
58c783d19649 @node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 44717
diff changeset
3028
35908
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3029 @cindex backups for remote files
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3030 @vindex ange-ftp-make-backup-files
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3031 If you want to disable backups for remote files, set the variable
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3032 @code{ange-ftp-make-backup-files} to @code{nil}.
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3033
44717
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
3034 By default, the auto-save files (@pxref{Auto Save Files}) for remote
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
3035 files are made in the temporary file directory on the local machine.
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
3036 This is achieved using the variable @code{auto-save-file-name-transforms}.
1fdf19dbc2e8 (Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44588
diff changeset
3037
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 @cindex ange-ftp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039 @vindex ange-ftp-default-user
35908
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3040 @cindex user name for remote file access
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041 Normally, if you do not specify a user name in a remote file name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 that means to use your own user name. But if you set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 @code{ange-ftp-default-user} to a string, that string is used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044 (The Emacs package that implements FTP file access is called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045 @code{ange-ftp}.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046
35908
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3047 @cindex anonymous FTP
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3048 @vindex ange-ftp-generate-anonymous-password
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3049 To visit files accessible by anonymous FTP, you use special user
36155
3594ca3f5f64 Fix some Texinfo usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36136
diff changeset
3050 names @samp{anonymous} or @samp{ftp}. Passwords for these user names
3594ca3f5f64 Fix some Texinfo usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 36136
diff changeset
3051 are handled specially. The variable
35908
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3052 @code{ange-ftp-generate-anonymous-password} controls what happens: if
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3053 the value of this variable is a string, then that string is used as
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3054 the password; if non-@code{nil} (the default), then the value of
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3055 @code{user-mail-address} is used; if @code{nil}, the user is prompted
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3056 for a password as normal.
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3057
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3058 @cindex firewall, and accessing remote files
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3059 @cindex gateway, and remote file access with @code{ange-ftp}
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3060 @vindex ange-ftp-smart-gateway
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3061 @vindex ange-ftp-gateway-host
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3062 Sometimes you may be unable to access files on a remote machine
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3063 because a @dfn{firewall} in between blocks the connection for security
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3064 reasons. If you can log in on a @dfn{gateway} machine from which the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3065 target files @emph{are} accessible, and whose FTP server supports
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3066 gatewaying features, you can still use remote file names; all you have
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3067 to do is specify the name of the gateway machine by setting the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3068 variable @code{ange-ftp-gateway-host}, and set
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3069 @code{ange-ftp-smart-gateway} to @code{t}. Otherwise you may be able
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3070 to make remote file names work, but the procedure is complex. You can
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3071 read the instructions by typing @kbd{M-x finder-commentary @key{RET}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3072 ange-ftp @key{RET}}.
35908
4ba2a6029c03 (Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35731
diff changeset
3073
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074 @vindex file-name-handler-alist
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3075 @cindex disabling remote files
26105
c881de80a22b Mention vc-ignore-vc-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3076 You can entirely turn off the FTP file name feature by removing the
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
3077 entries @code{ange-ftp-completion-hook-function} and
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
3078 @code{ange-ftp-hook-function} from the variable
28327
f7b17a6af3db (Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28123
diff changeset
3079 @code{file-name-handler-alist}. You can turn off the feature in
f7b17a6af3db (Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28123
diff changeset
3080 individual cases by quoting the file name with @samp{/:} (@pxref{Quoted
f7b17a6af3db (Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28123
diff changeset
3081 File Names}).
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 @node Quoted File Names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 @section Quoted File Names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 @cindex quoting file names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 You can @dfn{quote} an absolute file name to prevent special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 characters and syntax in it from having their special effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 The way to do this is to add @samp{/:} at the beginning.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091 For example, you can quote a local file name which appears remote, to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 prevent it from being treated as a remote file name. Thus, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 a directory named @file{/foo:} and a file named @file{bar} in it, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 can refer to that file in Emacs as @samp{/:/foo:/bar}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 @samp{/:} can also prevent @samp{~} from being treated as a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097 character for a user's home directory. For example, @file{/:/tmp/~hack}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 refers to a file whose name is @file{~hack} in directory @file{/tmp}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099
44143
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3100 Quoting with @samp{/:} is also a way to enter in the minibuffer a
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3101 file name that contains @samp{$}. In order for this to work, the
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3102 @samp{/:} must be at the beginning of the minibuffer contents. (You
44327
1e166973cd8b Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44143
diff changeset
3103 can also double each @samp{$}; see @ref{File Names with $}.)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105 You can also quote wildcard characters with @samp{/:}, for visiting.
44143
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3106 For example, @file{/:/tmp/foo*bar} visits the file
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3107 @file{/tmp/foo*bar}.
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3108
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3109 Another method of getting the same result is to enter
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3110 @file{/tmp/foo[*]bar}, which is a wildcard specification that matches
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3111 only @file{/tmp/foo*bar}. However, in many cases there is no need to
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3112 quote the wildcard characters because even unquoted they give the
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3113 right result. For example, if the only file name in @file{/tmp} that
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3114 starts with @samp{foo} and ends with @samp{bar} is @file{foo*bar},
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3115 then specifying @file{/tmp/foo*bar} will visit only
f7a64b7a993d (Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44086
diff changeset
3116 @file{/tmp/foo*bar}.
28526
297e03ccd7e6 (Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28327
diff changeset
3117
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3118 @node File Name Cache
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3119 @section File Name Cache
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3120
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3121 @cindex file name caching
28671
678e1643ac82 ffap, filecache, locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28526
diff changeset
3122 @cindex cache of file names
678e1643ac82 ffap, filecache, locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28526
diff changeset
3123 @pindex find
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3124 @kindex C-@key{TAB}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3125 @findex file-cache-minibuffer-complete
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3126 You can use the @dfn{file name cache} to make it easy to locate a
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3127 file by name, without having to remember exactly where it is located.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3128 When typing a file name in the minibuffer, @kbd{C-@key{tab}}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3129 (@code{file-cache-minibuffer-complete}) completes it using the file
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3130 name cache. If you repeat @kbd{C-@key{tab}}, that cycles through the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3131 possible completions of what you had originally typed. Note that the
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3132 @kbd{C-@key{tab}} character cannot be typed on most text-only
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3133 terminals.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3134
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3135 The file name cache does not fill up automatically. Instead, you
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3136 load file names into the cache using these commands:
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3137
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
3138 @findex file-cache-add-directory
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3139 @table @kbd
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3140 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3141 Add each file name in @var{directory} to the file name cache.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3142 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-using-find @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3143 Add each file name in @var{directory} and all of its nested
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3144 subdirectories to the file name cache.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3145 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-using-locate @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3146 Add each file name in @var{directory} and all of its nested
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3147 subdirectories to the file name cache, using @command{locate} to find
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3148 them all.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3149 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-list @key{RET} @var{variable} @key{RET}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3150 Add each file name in each directory listed in @var{variable}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3151 to the file name cache. @var{variable} should be a Lisp variable
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3152 such as @code{load-path} or @code{exec-path}, whose value is a list
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3153 of directory names.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3154 @item M-x file-cache-clear-cache @key{RET}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3155 Clear the cache; that is, remove all file names from it.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3156 @end table
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3157
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3158 @node File Conveniences
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3159 @section Convenience Features for Finding Files
31076
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
3160
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
3161 @findex recentf-mode
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
3162 @vindex recentf-mode
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
3163 @findex recentf-save-list
9c00fd66ec24 (File Shadowing): New.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31043
diff changeset
3164 @findex recentf-edit-list
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3165 If you enable Recentf mode, with @kbd{M-x recentf-mode}, the
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
3166 @samp{File} menu includes a submenu containing a list of recently
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3167 opened files. @kbd{M-x recentf-save-list} saves the current
37315
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
3168 @code{recent-file-list} to a file, and @kbd{M-x recentf-edit-list}
702729e72132 Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 37090
diff changeset
3169 edits it.
32221
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3170
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3171 @findex auto-image-file-mode
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3172 @findex mode, auto-image-file
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3173 @cindex images, visiting
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3174 @cindex visiting image files
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3175 @vindex image-file-name-regexps
43d80d6d2a8b auto-image-file-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31076
diff changeset
3176 @vindex image-file-name-extensions
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3177 When Auto-image-file minor mode is enabled, visiting an image file
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3178 displays it as an image, not as text. Likewise, inserting an image
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3179 file into a buffer inserts it as an image. This works only when Emacs
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3180 can display the relevant image type. The variables
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3181 @code{image-file-name-extensions} or @code{image-file-name-regexps}
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3182 control which file names are recognized as containing images.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3183
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3184 The @kbd{M-x ffap} command generalizes @code{find-file} with more
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3185 powerful heuristic defaults (@pxref{FFAP}), often based on the text at
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3186 point. Partial Completion mode offers other features extending
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3187 @code{find-file}, which can be used with @code{ffap}.
a5ae50ec6fe7 Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 35919
diff changeset
3188 @xref{Completion Options}.